Download pdf - 1999 Infiniti Q45 OM

FOREWORD

Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinkingabout vehicle design. It integrates advanced engi-neering and superior craftsmanship with a simple,refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tradi-tional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty.The vehicle itself is important, but so also is thesense of harmony that the car evokes in its driver,and the sense of satisfaction you feel with theINFINITI — from the way it looks and drives to thehigh level of dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to thefullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’sManual immediately. It explains all of the features,controls and performance characteristics of yourINFINITI; it also provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet isto be found in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when you takeyour INFINITI to an authorized dealer. Theportfolio contents provide complete infor-mation about all warranties covering thisvehicle, the periodic maintenance required

to keep the warranties in effect as well asthe INFINITI Roadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfyingownership experience for as long as you own yourcar. Should you have any questions regarding yourINFINITI or your INFINITI dealer, please contact ourConsumer Affairs department at 1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii 1-808-836-0848 (Oahu number). InCanada 1-800-363-4520. Thank you.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe opera-tion of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETYINFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comfort-able trip for you and your passen-gers!

O Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

O Always observe posted speedlimits and never drive too fast forconditions.

O Always use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Preteen children should beseated in the rear seat.

O Always provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

features to all occupants of thevehicle.

O Always review this Owner’sManual for important safety infor-mation.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or perfor-mance problems resulting frommodification may not be coveredunder INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THEMANUALThis manual includes information forall options available on this model.Therefore, you may find some informa-tion that does not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the right tochange specifications or design at any timewithout notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damageto your vehicle. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must befollowed carefully.

Z 99.3.1/ X

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen.

© 1998 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may bereproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmittedin any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SII0151

Z 99.3.1/ X

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS ................... 1-1

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .......................................................... 2-1

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS............................................ 3-1

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS .................................. 4-1

STARTING AND DRIVING................................................................... 5-1

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY .................................................................. 6-1

APPEARANCE AND CARE................................................................... 7-1

DO-IT-YOURSELF ............................................................................ 8-1

MAINTENANCE ............................................................................... 9-1

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION ......................................... 10-1

INDEX ........................................................................................ 11-1

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

1 SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

Seats............................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment ...................... 1-3Head restraint adjustment ........................... 1-4Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-5Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ......................................................... 1-5Supplemental air bag warning labels ........ 1-17Supplemental air bag warning light .......... 1-18Seat belts................................................... 1-19Precautions on seat belt usage................. 1-19Child safety................................................ 1-22Pregnant women ....................................... 1-24

Injured persons ......................................... 1-24Three-point type seat belt withretractor..................................................... 1-24Seat belt extenders.................................... 1-28Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-28Child restraints .......................................... 1-28Precautions on child restraints ................. 1-28Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions .................................................... 1-31Top strap child restraint............................ 1-36Installation on front passenger seat.......... 1-38

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SEATS

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. The

shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-

ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly. See “Seatbelts” later in this section forprecautions on seat belt usage.

SIR0091

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

1-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seatwhile driving in order that fullattention may be given to thedriving operations.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches orcontrols. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

Operating tips

O The motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

O Do not operate the power seat for a longperiod of time when the engine is off. Thiswill discharge the battery.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-back forward again, move the switch forwardand move your body forward. The seatbackwill move forward.

SIP0102

SIP0103


1-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Seat lifter

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

Lumbar support

Push either side of the switch to adjust theseat lumbar area.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Do not remove them.Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat.SIP0104 SIP0105


1-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Adjust the head restraints so the top is levelwith the tops of your ears.

To raise the head restraint, simply pull it up.

To lower, push the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

To adjust the head restraint forward andbackward, push it in the direction required.

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger supplemen-tal air bags, supplemental side air bags andpre-tensioner seat belt.Supplemental air bag system: This sys-tem can help cushion the impact force to theface and chest of the driver and front passen-ger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side impact collisions.

The supplemental side air bag is designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and front passengerseat belts and are not a substitute for them.Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the driver and front passenger seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and front door finish-ers. (See “Seat belts” later in this section forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemis operational.

SIR0099


1-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

O The supplemental air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the eventof a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal

collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

O The seat belts and the supple-mental air bags are most effec-

tive when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat.Supplemental air bags inflatewith great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash and mayalso receive serious or fatal inju-ries from the supplemental airbag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel.Always use the seat belts.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk that they areinjured when the supplemental

SIR0092


1-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

air bag inflates.

SIR0093


1-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SIR0006 SIR0007 SIR0008


1-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SIR0009 SIR0010 SIR0011


1-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unre-strained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do notattempt to hold them in your lapor arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

O Children may be severely injuredor killed when the supplementalair bag or supplemental side airbag inflates if they are not prop-erly restrained.

O Also never install a rear facingchild restraint in the front seat.An inflating supplemental air bagcould seriously injure or kill yourchild. For additional information,

see “Child restraints” later in thissection.

WARNING

O The supplemental side air bagordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a frontal impact, rear

SIR0059

SIR0094


1-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

impact or lower severity side col-lision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

O The seat belts and the supple-mental side air bag are mosteffective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat.Supplemental side air bag in-flates with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand,leg or face near the supplementalside air bag on the side of theseatback of the front seat. Do notallow anyone sitting in the frontseat to extend their hand out ofthe window or lean against thedoor.

When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the supplementalside air bag inflates, the occupantmay be seriously injured. Be es-pecially careful with children,who should always be properlyrestrained.

O Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with supplemental side airbag inflation.


1-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Supplemental air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe dashboard above the glove box. Thesesystems are designed to meet optional certi-fication requirements under U.S. regulations.

They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the infor-mation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be fol-lowed. The supplemental air bags are de-signed to inflate in higher severity frontal

collisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similarto those of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal colli-sions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplementalair bag operation.

When the supplemental air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire, but care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history ofa breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental air bags along with the use ofseat belts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious inju-ries. However, an inflating supplemental airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Supplemental air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

SIR0095


1-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordash board. Since the supplemental air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants, the force of the supplemental airbag inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to or is against thesupplemental air bag module during inflation.The supplemental air bag will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the in-strument panel. Also, do not

place any objects between anyoccupant and the steering wheelor instrument panel. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if thesupplemental air bag inflates.

O Right after inflation, severalsupplemental air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental airbag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized

changes to your vehicle’s electri-cal system or suspension systemor front end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thesupplemental air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in se-rious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panelassembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad,above the dashboard, or by in-stalling additional trim materialaround the supplemental air bagsystem.

O Work around and on the supple-mental air bag system should bedone by an authorized INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical


1-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

equipment should also be doneby an authorized INFINITI dealer.The SRS wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulationeither just before the harnessconnectors or over the completeharness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side air bag system

The supplemental side air bags are located in

the outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental side air bag (on the driveror front passenger seat) is designed to inflatein higher severity side collisions, although itmay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. It is designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. Itmay not inflate in certain side collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side air bagoperation.

When the supplemental side air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire, but care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history ofa breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental side air bags along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact forceon the head and chest of the front occupants.

They can help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating supplementalside air bag may cause abrasions or otherinjuries.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the supplemental sideair bag. Since the supplemental side air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants, the force of the supplemental sideair bag inflating can increase the risk of injuryif the occupant is too close to or is against thesupplemental side air bag module duringinflation. The supplemental side air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.


1-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between thefront door finisher and the frontseat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

O Right after inflation, severalsupplemental side air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental side

air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental side air bag or damage tothe supplemental side air bagsystem.

O Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affectproper operation of the supple-mental side air bag system.

O Tampering with these supple-mental system may result in se-rious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the frontseats assembly by placing mate-rial near the seatback of the frontseat, or by installing additionaltrim material around the supple-mental side air bag system.

O Work around and on the supple-mental side air bag systemshould be done by an authorizedINFINITI dealer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should alsobe done by an authorized INFINITIdealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment andprobing devices should not beused on the supplemental side airbag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulation ei-ther just before the harness con-nectors or over the complete har-ness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental side


1-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

air bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system(For front seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt can-not be reused after activation. Itmust be replaced together withthe retractor as a unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved ina frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sureto have the pre-tensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, re-placed by your INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components or

wiring of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system. This is to preventaccidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage tothe pre-tensioner seat belt opera-tion. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done byan authorized INFINITI dealer. In-stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer. Unautho-rized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the pre-tensioner seatbelt system.

O If you need to dispose of thepre-tensioner or scrap the ve-

hicle, contact an authorizedINFINITI dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalair bag. Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt the instant thevehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, thereby restraining seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used thesame as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it may


1-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

cause irritation and choking.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the seat belt warning light willflash intermittently after the ignition key isturned to the ON or START position. In thiscase, the pre-tensioner seat belt will notfunction properly.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental air bagsystem and supplemental side air bag systemare placed in the vehicle as shown in theillustration.

SIR0096


1-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing AIR BAG in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits of the supplemental airbag and supplemental side air bag systems.The circuits monitored by the supplemental airbag warning light are the diagnosis sensorunit, satellite sensors, supplemental air bagmodules, supplemental side air bag modulesand all related wiring.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental air bag and supplemental sideair bag systems needs servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on and remain on for 7seconds and then go off as describedabove.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently or remains on (after 7seconds).

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental airbags or supplemental side air bags may notoperate properly. It must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental air bag or supplemen-tal side air bag system will notoperate in an accident.

Repair and replacement proce-dure

The supplemental air bags or supplementalside air bags are designed to inflate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless itis damaged, the supplemental air bag warninglight will remain illuminated after inflation hasoccurred. Repair and replacement of thesesupplemental systems should be done only byauthorized INFINITI dealers.

To ensure long-term functioning, thesesystems must be inspected 10 yearsafter the date of manufacture noted on

SIP0108


1-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

the certification label located on thedriver side center pillar.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental air bags, supple-mental side air bags and related parts shouldbe pointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition key should alwaysbe in the LOCK position when working underthe hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once the supplemental air bag orsupplemental side air bag hasinflated, the supplemental air bagmodule or supplemental side airbag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Thesupplemental air bag module orsupplemental side air bag mod-ule should be replaced by an

authorized INFINITI dealer. Thesupplemental air bag module orsupplemental side air bag mod-ule cannot be repaired.

O The supplemental air bag andsupplemental side air bag sys-tems should be inspected by anauthorized INFINITI dealer if thereis any damage to the front end orside portion of the vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrapthe vehicle, contact an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

Correct disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

SEAT BELTSPRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEYour chances of being injured in an accidentand/or the severity of injury or killed may begreatly reduced if you are wearing your seatbelt and it is properly adjusted. INFINITIstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most states, all provinces and territo-ries require that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is beingdriven.


1-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children should

be properly restrained and, if ap-propriate, in a child restraint.

O The belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effective-

ness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or sever-ity of injury in an accident. Seri-ous injury or death can occur ifthe seat belt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the beltbehind your back, under your armor across your neck. The beltshould be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible around the hips,not the waist. A lap belt worn toohigh could increase the risk ofinternal injuries in an accident.

SIR0104


1-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

O Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its

effectiveness.

O Do not allow more than one per-son to use the same belt.

O Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while the ig-nition is turned ON with all doorsclosed and all seat belts fas-tened, it may indicate a malfunc-

SIR0102 SIR0016


1-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

tion in the system. Have the sys-tem checked by your INFINITIdealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belthas activated, it cannot be reused

and must be replaced togetherwith the retractor. See yourINFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of thepre-tensioner seat belt systemcomponents should be done by anauthorized INFINITI dealer.

O All seat belt assemblies includingretractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any col-lision by your INFINITI dealer.INFINITI recommends that allseat belt assemblies in use dur-ing a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and con-tinue to operate properly. Seatbelt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be in-

spected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 year andless than 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed inrear facing child restraints. Front facing childrestraints are available for children who out-grow rear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special

SIR0014


1-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

protection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. The shoul-der belt may come too close to theface or neck. The lap belt may not fitover their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seatbelt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints”later in this section.)

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

INFINITI recommends that all preteensand children be restrained in the rearseat if possible. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when prop-

erly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. See “Supplementalrestraint system” earlier in this sectionfor precautions.

Infants and small childrenINFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child re-straint which fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) mayhelp overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child in


1-23

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

the cargo areas while the vehicle ismoving. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist, andplace the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommenda-tions.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times.

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the

seat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat.

SIR0018


1-24

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilit snaps.

The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom of

movement in the seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have acinching mechanism for child restraint instal-lation. It is referred to as the automatic locking

SIR0019

SIR0020

SIR0061


1-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

mode. When the cinching mechanism isactivated the seat belt cannot be withdrawnagain until the seat belt tongue is detachedfrom the buckle and fully retracted. For addi-tional information, see “Child restraints” laterin this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installa-tion. During normal seat belt use by anoccupant, the locking mode should notbe activated. If it is activated it maycause uncomfortable seat belt tension.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operationYour seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement by two separate methods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the belts,check their operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any question about beltoperation, see your INFINITI dealer.

SIR0021


1-26

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Center of rear seatSelecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified by theCENTER mark. The center seat belt tongue canbe fastened only into the center seat beltbuckle.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Seeearlier in “Seat belts” for precautions on seatbelt usage.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release theknob and try to move the shoulderbelt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in posi-tion.

O The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of

injury in an accident.

To adjust, pull the release knob, and thenmove the shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so that the belt passes over thecenter of the shoulder. The belt should beaway from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentknob to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

SIR0097

SIR0075


1-27

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender is availablewhich is compatible with the installed seatbelts. The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See your INFINITI dealer for assistance if theextender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI belt extenders,made by the same companywhich made the original equip-ment belts, should be used withthe INFINITI belts.

O Persons who can use the standardseat belt should not use an ex-

tender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings,apply a mild soap solution or any non-caustic solution recommended for gentlycleaning cloth upholstery or carpets. Thenbrush it, wipe with a cloth and allow it todry in the shade. Do not allow the seatbelts to retract until they are completelydry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder beltguide with a clean, dry cloth.

O Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal componentssuch as buckles, tongues, retractors, flex-

ible wires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing are found, theentire belt assembly should be replaced.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while riding inthe vehicle. Failure to use a childrestraint can result in serious in-jury or death.

O Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It isnot possible for even the stron-gest adult to resist the forces of a


1-28

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

severe accident. The child couldbe crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do notput the same seat belt aroundboth your child and yourself.

O Never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. Aninflating supplemental air bagcould seriously injure or kill yourchild. A rear facing child restraintmust only be used in the rearseat.

O INFINITI recommends that thechild restraint be installed in therear seat. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat.

O An improperly installed child re-

straint could lead to serious in-jury or death in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt.

Child restraints for infants and children of vari-ous sizes are offered by several manufacturers.When selecting any child restraint system,keep the following points in mind:

O choose only a restraint with a label certi-fying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

O check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system. Choose a childrestraint that meets the guidelines of theSociety of Automotive Engineers recom-

mended practice J1819 for child restraintinstallation.

O if the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All US states and provinces of Canadarequire that infants and small childrenbe restrained in approved child re-straints at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraintcan result in increased injuriesfor both the infant or child andother occupants in the vehicle.


1-29

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use. When pur-chasing a child restraint, be sureto select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not bepossible to properly install sometypes of child restraints in yourvehicle.

O If the child restraint is not an-chored properly, the risk of achild being injured in a collisionor a sudden stop greatly in-creases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child re-straint, but as upright as pos-sible.

O After attaching the child restraint,

test it before you place the childin it. Tilt it from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to seeif the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not se-cure, tighten the belt as neces-sary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again.

O For a front facing child restraint,if the seat position where it isinstalled has a three-point typelap/shoulder belt, check to makesure the shoulder belt does not goin front of the child’s face or neck.If it does, put the shoulder beltbehind the child restraint. If youmust install a front facing childrestraint in the front seat, seelater in “Child restraints” for in-stallation on front passenger

seat.

O When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown aroundin case of a sudden stop or acci-dent.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint leftin a closed vehicle can become veryhot. Check the seating surface andbuckles before placing your child inthe child restraint.


1-30

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD OR CENTER POSI-TIONS

Front facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a child re-straint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

SIR0041A SIR0078


1-31

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

SIR0043 SIR0039A SIR0062


1-32

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

5. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure that it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, thebelt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a childrestraint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

SIR0042


1-33

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.


SIR0044A SIR0079 SIR0046


1-34

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X







1-35

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X




TOP STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT

If your child restraint has a top strap, it mustbe secured to the provided anchor point.Anchor bracket hardware must be installed.The top strap anchor bracket hardware isavailable through your INFINITI dealer.

Part #88894-89900Secure the child restraint with the lap portionof a three-point belt and latch the top straphook onto the appropriate anchor bracket. Toinstall the anchor bracket, a metric bolt of thedimensions listed below must be used.

Bolt diameter: 8.0 mm

Bolt length: more than 1.18 in (30mm)

Thread pitch: 1.25 mm

Secure the top strap to the attaching boltwhich provides the straightest installation ofthe top strap.

When you install a child restraint with atop strap in a rear outboard seat, youcannot use the rear sun shade. Toinstall a child restraint, first lower thescreen. For additional information, see“Rear sun shade” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

WARNING

Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-

SIR0100


1-36

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located under the rearparcel shelf finisher.

When installing a top strap child re-straint on the rear seat for the first

time, consult your INFINITI dealer fordetails.

SIR0098


1-37

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear facing child

restraint in the front passengerseat. Supplemental air bags in-flate with great force. A rear fac-

ing child restraint could be struckby the supplemental air bag in acrash and could seriously injureor kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. However, if you must installa front facing child restraint in thefront passenger seat, move thepassenger seat to the rear mostposition.

O A child restraint with a top strapshould not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

O The three-point belt in your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a childrestraint.

SIR0101


1-38

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Failure to use the retractor’s lock-ing mode may result in the childrestraint not being properly se-cured. The child restraint couldtip over or otherwise be unse-cured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or colli-sion.

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed ina front facing direction only. Move theseat to the rear most position. Alwaysfollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Child restraints for in-fants must be used in the rear facingdirection and therefore must not be

used in the front seat.


SIR0103

SIR0055


1-39

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X







1-40

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X





1-41

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instrument panel ......................................... 2-2Meters and gauges...................................... 2-3Speedometer and odometer ........................ 2-4Tachometer.................................................. 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge.............. 2-5Fuel gauge ................................................... 2-5Warning/indicator lights and chimes .......... 2-7Checking bulbs ............................................ 2-7Warning lights ............................................. 2-8Indicator lights .......................................... 2-10Chimes....................................................... 2-13Security systems ....................................... 2-14Theft warning ............................................ 2-14Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System .......... 2-15Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-16Switch operation........................................ 2-16Stopping position adjustmentmechanism ................................................ 2-17Rear window and outside mirror defoggerswitch ........................................................ 2-18Headlight and turn signal switch .............. 2-18

Xenon headlights....................................... 2-18Headlight switch ........................................ 2-19Turn signal switch..................................... 2-22Front fog light switch ................................ 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-23Horn........................................................... 2-24Heated seats (if so equipped) ................... 2-24Traction control system (TCS) cancelswitch ........................................................ 2-25Active damper suspension mode selectswitch (if so equipped) ............................. 2-25Auto mode................................................. 2-26Sport mode................................................ 2-26Power socket............................................. 2-26Cigarette lighters and ashtrays.................. 2-27Storage ...................................................... 2-28Cup holders ............................................... 2-28Glove box .................................................. 2-29Console box............................................... 2-29Windows.................................................... 2-30Power windows ......................................... 2-30

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Sunroof...................................................... 2-31Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-32Rear sun shade ......................................... 2-33Clock.......................................................... 2-34Adjusting the time ..................................... 2-34Interior lights............................................. 2-34Personal lights........................................... 2-35Front .......................................................... 2-35Rear ........................................................... 2-36Vanity mirror lights ................................... 2-36Trunk light ................................................. 2-36Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver ................................................ 2-36Programming HomeLinkT ......................... 2-38Canadian programming ............................. 2-38Operating the integrated HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver ................................ 2-39Programming problem diagnosis.............. 2-39Clearing the programmed information ...... 2-39Rolling code programming........................ 2-39

Programming a single HomeLinkT

button ........................................................ 2-40If your vehicle is stolen............................. 2-40Infiniti communicator (if so equipped) .... 2-41Infiniti communicator purpose .................. 2-42Infiniti communicator outline .................... 2-42Safe operating recommendations.............. 2-42Quick summary ......................................... 2-43Functions ................................................... 2-43Function and description........................... 2-45Infiniti communicator indicatordescription................................................. 2-49Operation of optional handset................... 2-50Payment for Infiniti communicator use .... 2-50System limitations..................................... 2-50False activations and passwordselections................................................... 2-53Steering switch for cellular phone (Modelswith Infiniti Communicator) ...................... 2-53Switch operations...................................... 2-54

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SII0212

See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details.

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

2-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

METERS AND GAUGES

20

00

40

80

120160

200

240

km/hMPH

E CF H

x1000r/min

0

1

2

34 5

6

7

8

40

6080

100

120

140

160

P

R

N

D

2

1

SII0213


2-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOM-ETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:ODO → TRIP A → TRIP B → ODO

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob for more than 1second resets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear.Operating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

SII0214 SII0181

SII0182


2-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving con-ditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage theengine. See “If your vehicle over-heats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section.

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhill.

The gauge needle is designed to remain inapproximately the same position, even whenthe ignition key is turned OFF.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters Empty.

The indicator light comes on when the fueltank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the gauge

SII0075

SII0076


2-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

reaches E. There will be a small reserve of fuelin the tank when the fuel gauge needle reachesE.

CAUTION

If the vehicle is driven with the fuellevel very low, the malfunction indi-cator light may come on. Refuel assoon as possible. After driving for awhile, the light should remain off. Ifthe light remains on, have the ve-hicle inspected by an authorizedINFINITI dealer. For additional infor-mation, see “Malfunction indicatorlight (MIL)” later in this section.


2-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND CHIMES

Engine oil pressure warning light Stop/tail warning light Slip indicator light

Charge warning light Overdrive off indicator light Sport mode indicator light (if soequipped)

Door open warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Infiniti Communicator redial indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light (Blue) Infiniti Communicator no service indica-tor light (if so equipped)

Supplemental air bag warning light Cruise main switch indicator lightInfiniti Communicator “Mayday” emer-gency button indicator light (if soequipped)

Low washer fluid warning light Cruise set switch indicator light Infiniti Communicator “Information” but-ton indicator light (if so equipped)

or Brake warning light Malfunction indicator light (MIL)

orAnti-lock brake systemwarning light Traction control system indicator light

CHECKING BULBS

Apply the parking brake and turn the ignitionkey to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights will come on:

, or , , ,

or , ,

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

, , , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.


2-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING LIGHTS

Engine oil pressure warn-ing light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIdealer or other authorized repair shop.

The oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level.See “Engine oil” in the “8. Do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pres-sure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine al-most immediately. Turn off the en-gine as soon as it is safe to do so.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that there is some-thing wrong with the charging system. Turnthe engine off and check the alternator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, missing or if thelight remains on, see your INFINITI dealerimmediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing. See “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition key isON.

Seat belt warning lightand chime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever theignition key is turned to ON, and will remainilluminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. (When the ignition key is turned toON with the driver’s seat belt fastened, thelight will illuminate for about 7 seconds andthen go off.) At the same time, the chime willsound for about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag systems” section forprecautions on seat belt usage.

If the seat belt warning light blinks, there maybe something wrong with the pre-tensionerseat belt. In this case, the pre-tensioner willnot operate properly. Have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

For additional information, see “Supplemental


2-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

restraint system” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag systems” section.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental air bag needs servicing andyour INFINITI must be taken to your nearestauthorized INFINITI dealer.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on and remain on for 7seconds and then go off as describedabove.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently or remains on (after 7seconds).

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system may not function properly.

For additional information, see “Supplementalrestraint system” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag systems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental air bag or supplemen-tal side air bag systems will notoperate in an accident.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the

“8. Do-it-yourself” section.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is runningwith the parking brake not applied, stop thevehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Do-it-yourself” section.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct:


2-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Have the warning system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearest ser-vice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towed.

O Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is belowthe MIN mark on the brake fluid

reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checkedat an INFINITI dealer.

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate there is somethingwrong with the anti-lock portion of the brakesystem. In either case, have the systemchecked by your INFINITI dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you aredriving, contact your INFINITI dealer forrepair.

Stop/tail warning lightIf the light comes on with the engine runningand with the light switch on, or when the brake

pedal is depressed, one or more stop/tail lightbulbs are burned out. Replace the stop/taillight bulb.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Overdrive off indicatorlight

This light comes on during driving when theoverdrive switch is pressed to prevent over-drive operation.

The O/D OFF indicator light comes on for 2seconds each time the ignition key is turnedON. This shows the light is functioningproperly.

If the O/D OFF indicator light blinks for approxi-mately 8 seconds after coming on for 2 seconds,have your INFINITI dealer check the transmissionand repair it if necessary.

The automatic transmission is equipped withan electronic fail-safe mode. This systemallows the vehicle to be driven even in the


2-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

event of damage to the electrical circuits. Ifthis occurs, the gears automatically engageand lock into third gear.

See the “Driving the vehicle” in the “5.Starting and driving” section for fail-safebefore visiting your INFINITI dealer.

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beamis selected.

Cruise main switch indi-cator light

The light comes on when the main switch ispushed. The light goes out when the mainswitch is pushed again. While the cruise main

switch indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indica-tor light

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight flickers while the engine is running, itmay indicate there is something wrong withthe cruise control system. Have the systemchecked by your INFINITI dealer.

Malfunction indicatorlight (MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlproblem.

The malfunction indicator light may also comeon steady or blink if the fuel filler cap has notbeen closed tightly or if the fuel tank is nearlyempty. Check to make sure the fuel cap issecure and that you have at least 3 US gallons

(14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After driving for a while, the light shouldremain off if no other potential emissioncontrol system problem exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator light will come onin one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Have the vehicleinspected by an authorized INFINITIdealer. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control sys-tem damage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).


2-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, re-duced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission controlsystem.

Traction control systemindicator light

When the traction control system switch is off,this light comes on. When the traction controlsystem indicator light and slip indicator lightcome on with the traction control systemswitch turned on, this light alerts the driver tothe fact that the traction control system’sfail-safe mode is operating i.e. that the tractioncontrol system is temporarily out of order.

Have the system checked by your INFINITIdealer. If an abnormality occurs in the system,the traction control function will be canceledbut the vehicle can still be driven. Foradditional information, see “Traction controlsystem” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

Slip indicator lightThis indicator will blink when the tractioncontrol system is operating, thus alerting thedriver to the fact that the road surface is

slippery and the vehicle is nearing its tractionlimits.

Sport mode indicator light(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the active dampersuspension mode select switch is set to theSPORT position.

Infiniti Communicator re-dial indicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the redial indicator light will illumi-nate for up to 30 seconds and then turn off.

This indicator light comes on when the initialconnection is not successful. The InfinitiCommunicator is attempting to redial to con-tact the Communicator Response Center. Theredial indicator may blink before the buttonindicator blinks. See “Infiniti Communicator”later in this section.


2-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Infiniti Communicator noservice indicator light (ifso equipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the no service indicator light willilluminate for up to 30 seconds and then turnoff.

This indicator light comes on when thecellular phone is outside of cellular phonetransmission range. The Infiniti Communica-tor will not be able to contact the Communi-cator Response Center. See “Infiniti Commu-nicator” later in this section.

Infiniti Communicator“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the “Mayday” emergency buttonindicator light will illuminate for up to 30

seconds and then turn off if the system isoperational.

This button indicator light comes on when the“Mayday” emergency button is pressed. Whenthe light is blinking, Infiniti Communicator istrying to acquire an available cellular channel.When the light is ON, the system is connectedto a cell and is communicating information tothe Communicator Response Center. See “In-finiti Communicator” later in this section.

Infiniti Communicator “In-formation” button indica-tor light (if so equipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the “Information” button indicatorlight will illuminate for up to 30 seconds andthen turn off if the system is operational.

This button indicator light comes on when the“Information” button is pressed. When thelight is blinking, Infiniti Communicator istrying to acquire an available cellular channel.

When the light is ON, the system is connectedto a cell and is communicating information tothe Communicator Response Center. See “In-finiti Communicator” later in this section.

CHIMES

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch (ignition switch is turned off). Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chime

A chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened if the light switch is in the or

position (ignition switch is turned off).

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-


2-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

SECURITY SYSTEMSYour vehicle has two types of security system,as follows:

O Theft warning

O Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

THEFT WARNINGThe theft warning system provides visual andaudio alarm signals to deter theft of thevehicle.

Security indicator light

How to activate the theft warn-ing system

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors, hood and trunklid. The doors can be locked either with a

key, multi-remote controller or door lockknob.

4. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security light glows forabout 30 seconds and then blink. Thesystem is now activated. If, during this 30second time period, the door or trunk lid isunlocked by the key or the multi-remotecontroller, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not activate.However, when the trunk lid is closed afterbeing unlocked with a key or multi-remotecontroller, the system returns to the armedphase.

O If the key is turned slowly toward thefront of the vehicle when locking thedoor, the system may not activate. Ifthe key is returned beyond the verti-cal position toward the rear of thevehicle to remove the key, the sys-tem may be deactivated. When theindicator light fails to glow for 30

SII0215


2-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

seconds, unlock the door once andlock it again.

O Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the systemwill activate with all doors, hood,and trunk lid locked and ignition keyoff. When turning the ignition toACC, the system will be released.

Theft warning system operation

The warning system will give the followingalarm:

O the headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

O the alarm automatically turns off after 2 to3 minutes; however, the alarm will reacti-vate if the vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

O Unlocking the door or opening the trunklid without using the key or multi-remotecontroller. (Even if the door is opened by

releasing the door inside lock knob or thetrunk lid is opened by operating the trunklid release switch, the alarm is activated.)

O Opening the hood.

How to stop alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door ortrunk lid with the key or by pushing either theunlock or trunk lid release button on the multi-remote controller. The alarm will not stop if theignition switch is turned to ACC or ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBIL-ISER SYSTEMThe Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registered

Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System key (forexample, when interference is caused byanother Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-mated payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobiliser System key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered InfinitiVehicle Immobiliser System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.


2-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Infiniti Vehicle ImmobiliserSystem(CONT ASSY - IMMOBILISER, ANTASSY - IMMOBILISER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY BY THE MANUFACTURE FORCOMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER’SAUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIP-MENT.

Security indicator light

This light blinks whenever the ignition switchis in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on whilethe ignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see your INFINITIdealer for Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser

System service as soon as possible.Please bring all Infiniti Vehicle Immo-biliser System keys that you have whenvisiting your INFINITI dealer for ser-vice.

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

SWITCH OPERATION

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ACC or ONposition.

SII0215

IIC041-A


2-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Push the lever down to operate the wiper. Pullthe lever toward you to operate the washer.

The intermittent operation time can be ad-justed by turning the knob as follows:O While driving: from 0.4 to 12 seconds

O While stopped: from 4 to 20 seconds

CAUTION

The following could damage thewasher system:

O Do not operate the washer con-tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

O Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer

solution may freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warmwindshield with the defroster beforeyou wash the windshield.

STOPPING POSITION ADJUST-MENT MECHANISM

The stopping position of the windshield wipercan be set manually, if necessary.

1. With the wiper stopped at the pre-setposition, hold part (A) that connects thearm and the blade on each wiper set.

SII0231


2-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Apply force to the moving direction of thewiper, to the next locking position.

When the windshield wiper is used insnow, the stopping position of theblades may automatically be adjustedto compensate for the snow accumula-tion on the windshield. This should notbe regarded as abnormal. In case thewiper stops operating, turn the wiperswitch off, remove the accumulatedsnow, and turn the wiper switch backon. The wiper will function normally.

REAR WINDOW AND OUT-SIDE MIRROR DEFOGGERSWITCH

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andthe outside mirrors, start the engine and pushthe switch on. (The indicator light will comeon.) Push the switch again to turn the defog-ger off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of thewindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defogger.

HEADLIGHT AND TURNSIGNAL SWITCH

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on,they produce a high voltage. Toprevent an electric shock, neverattempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenon

SII0216


2-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

headlights replaced at an autho-rized INFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide consid-erably more light than conven-tional headlights. If they are notcorrectly aimed, they might tem-porarily blind an oncoming driveror the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If head-lights are not aimed correctly,immediately take your vehicle toan authorized INFINITI dealer andhave the headlights adjusted cor-rectly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turnedon, its brightness or color varies slightly.However, the color and brightness will soonstabilize.

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-

tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short in-tervals, (for example, when the ve-hicle stops at a traffic signal). Evenwhen the daytime running lights areactive (Canada only), the xenonheadlights do not turn on. This waythe life of the xenon headlights is notreduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is closeto burning out, the brightness willdrastically decrease, the light willstart blinking, or the color of thelight will become reddish. If one ormore of the above signs appear,contact an INFINITI dealer.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

Turn the switch to the AUTO position:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the parking light, headlight, instrument lightsand other lights turn on automatically, de-pending on the brightness of the surround-ings. When the ignition key is turned to theACC, OFF or LOCK position with the autolampswitch in the maximum short position, thelight will turn off automatically. See later in

SII0079


2-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

this section for autolamp shut-off delay.

When the light switch is turned to theposition, the headlight low or high

beam will turn off.

Turn the switch to the position:

The parking, side marker, tail, license plateand instrument lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the head-light axis may be higher than desired. If thevehicle is traveling on a hilly road, theheadlights may directly hit the rearview mirrorof the vehicle ahead or the windshield of theoncoming vehicle. The light axis can belowered with the operation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or thewindshield of the oncoming vehicle,the driver of these vehicles may havedifficulty driving because of the bright-ness. Use the headlight aiming controlswitch to lower the light axis. Seeearlier in this section for information onxenon headlights.

SII0224


2-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Instrument brightness control

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the AUTO (ignitionkey is in the ON), or position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofinstrument panel lights and power windowswitch lights.When the control is turned in the upperdirection until a click sound is heard, the lightintensity will be at maximum. When thecontrol is turned in the lower direction until a

click sound is heard, the light will be turnedoff.

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

Passing signalPulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Daytime running light system(Canada only)The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the po-sition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination when driv-ing at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned off.

SII0085

SII0080


2-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

When the daytime running light sys-tem is active, tail lights on yourvehicle are not on. It is necessary atdusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and oth-ers.

Autolamp shut-off delay

The length of time the autolamps stay on afterthe ignition key is turned to OFF whileheadlight switch is in the AUTO positiondepends on how far the autolamp switch isturned. If the switch is turned fully in theabove direction, the headlights will stay on fora longer time (a few minutes).

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolamp; if itis covered, the photo sensor reacts as if

it is dark and the headlights will illumi-nate.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is completed,the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upSII0217

SII0082

SII0083


2-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

or down to the point where lights beginflashing.

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

Turn the knob to activate the fog lights. Thefog lights can only be activated when theheadlight is turned on.

HAZARD WARNINGFLASHER SWITCH

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency con-ditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

O When stalled or stopped on theroadway under emergency condi-tions, move the vehicle well off

the road.

O Do not use the switch while mov-ing on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to othertraffic.

O Turn signals do not work when theswitch is operating.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

SII0084

SII0086


2-23

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

HORN

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

HEATED SEATS (if soequipped)

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center consolecan be operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the low or high position of theswitch, as desired, depending on the tem-perature. The indicator light in the switchwill illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as longas the switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn the switch off.

CAUTION

O Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a

SII0175

SII0087


2-24

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

O Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heatingseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, neveruse benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

O If any abnormalities are found orthe heating seat does not oper-ate, turn the switch off and havethe system checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

O The battery could run down if theheater is operated while the en-gine is not running.

TRACTION CONTROL SYS-TEM (TCS) CANCEL SWITCH

To cancel the Traction Control System (TCS),push the TCS cancel switch on. The indicator

will come on. Push it again to turn itON.

See “Traction control system” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section.

ACTIVE DAMPER SUSPEN-SION MODE SELECTSWITCH (if so equipped)

The active damper suspension controls damp-ing force and restrains the movement of thevehicle body. It assures stable driving whenthe vehicle moves up and down on largerolling roads or when the vehicle rolls atcornering with a high centrifugal force.

The damping force of the shock absorbers can

SII0218

SII0225


2-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

be adjusted to the level you desire. Set theswitch to the position you desire while theignition switch is ON.

AUTO MODESet the switch to the AUTO position for normaldriving. The damping force will automaticallyadjust according to the road surface anddriving conditions.

SPORT MODESet the switch to the SPORT position whenyou desire a firm feeling all the time.

POWER SOCKET

This power socket is used as a power sourcefor some commercially available car phones,cellular phones, and other 12 volt electronicdevices.

The power socket can be used when theignition key is in ON or ACC. Open the capwhen using the power socket.

CAUTION

O The socket and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

O This power socket is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighterunit.

O Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 3.2A powerdraw.

O Do not use for extended periodsof time with the engine stopped.This could result in a dischargedbattery.

O Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or the in-ternal temperature fuse mayblow.

SII0177


2-26

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure to turn off thepower switch of electrical acces-sory being used or the ignitionswitch of the vehicle.

O When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the socket.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERS ANDASHTRAYS

The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way, then release it.When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

To empty the ashtray, pull up on the horizontalbar and remove the tray.

SII0089

SII0090


2-27

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not beused while driving in order that fullattention may be given to the drivingoperation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is apower source for the cigarettelighter element only. The use of thecigarette lighter socket as a powersource for any other accessory is notrecommended.

STORAGECUP HOLDERS

To open, push the cup holder opener switch.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and pushdown lightly.

Use the cup holder properly and according tothe size of the cups.

The inner cases can be removed for cleaning.

WARNING

The cup holder should not be usedSII0091

SII0092


2-28

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

while driving in order that full atten-tion may be given to the drivingoperation.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you oryour passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key and wallet key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep the glove box lid closed whiledriving to help prevent injury in an

accident or a sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOX

Upper part:

O Push the button on the side of the lid toopen the upper part sideways.

SIP0096

SII0093


2-29

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O The lid can be opened from the driver andfront passenger seats.

O The dividing plates can be moved to thedesired positions.

O The front part is designed to be used as acard case and coin case.

To open the lid, the right and left sides it mustbe closed securely.

Lower part:

While pushing up the button, open the cover.

WARNING

O The console box should not beused while driving in order thatfull attention may be given to thedriving operation.

O Keep the center console box lidclosed while driving to preventinjury in an accident or a suddenstop.

WINDOWS

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc. inside thevehicle before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switchto prevent unexpected use of thepower windows.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches or

controls and become trapped in awindow. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition key is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is cancelled.


2-30

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

Automatic operationTo fully open the driver side window, com-pletely press down the AUTO switch andrelease it; it need not be held. The window will

automatically open all the way. To stop thewindow, just pull up the switch toward theclose side.

SUNROOF

WARNING

O In an accident you could bethrown from the vehicle throughan open sunroof. Always use seatbelts and child restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand upor extend any portion of theirbody out of the opening while thevehicle is in motion or while thesunroof is closing.

SII0094A SII0095A


2-31

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, iceor sand from the sunroof beforeopening.

O Do not place any heavy object onthe sunroof or surrounding area.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOFThe sunroof operates when the ignition key isin the ON position, or for about 45 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the OFFposition. If the driver’s, or passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45 sec-onds, power to the sunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To open the roof, press and hold the switch tothe open side.

To close the roof, press and hold the switch tothe closed side.

Automatic operation:

To fully open the sunroof, completely pressthe switch to the open side; it need not beheld. The sunroof will automatically open allthe way. To stop the sunroof, just press theswitch toward the close side, or press the up

or down side of the tilt switch.

Tilting the sunroofTo tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressand hold the up side of the tilt switch. To tiltdown the sunroof, press and hold the downside.

Sun shadeOpen/close the sun shade by sliding itbackward/forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

If the sunroof does not closeHave your INFINITI dealer check and repair thesunroof.

SII0096


2-32

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

REAR SUN SHADE

CAUTION

O To avoid personal injury, keepyour hands, fingers and headaway from the sun shade arm,arm rail and screen inlet port.

O Do not allow children near therear sun shade system. Theycould be injured.

O Do not place objects on or nearthe rear sun shade. This couldcause improper operation ordamage it.

O Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. This could cause improperoperation or damage it.

The rear sun shade operates when the ignitionkey is in the ACC or ON position.

To raise the screen, push the upper side of theswitch.

To lower the screen, push the lower side of theswitch.

The switch need not be held down.

You cannot use the rear sun shadewhen you install a child restraint with atop strap in a rear outboard seat. Toinstall a child restraint, first lower thescreen. See “Child restraints” in the“1. Seats, restraints and supplementalair bag systems” section for top strapchild restraints.

O Do not place objects (such as news-papers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on thescreen inlet port. Doing so may en-tangle these objects in the screenwhen it is extending or retracting,causing improper operation or dam-SII0226


2-33

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

age to the screen.

O Do not place any object on thescreen inlet port. Improper opera-tion or damage to the screen mayresult.

O Do not push the sun shade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deformit. Improper operation or damage tothe screen may result.

O Do not put any object into the screeninlet port as this may result in im-proper operation or damage thescreen.

O Do not hang any object on the armrail as this may result in improperoperation or damage the screen.

O Do not forcefully pull the screen.Doing so may elongate the screen.Improper operation or damage to thescreen may result.

CLOCK

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIMETo adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.

INTERIOR LIGHTSThe interior light switch has a three-position. While the switch is in the center O position,

the front and rear personal, console and

SII0220

SII0221


2-34

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

footwell lights will illuminate under the fol-lowing conditions:

O driver’s door is unlocked.

— remain on for a maximum of 30seconds.

O driver’s door is opened.

— remain on for a maximum of 30seconds after driver’s door is closed.

O ignition key is removed from key cylinder.

— remain on for a maximum of 30seconds.

The lights will go off when the ignition key isin the ACC position, or the driver’s door isclosed and locked.

The lights will also go off after 30 minuteswhile doors are open.

When some doors are opened, the door steplight for each open door and some personallights will come on, and the closed door’s

personal lights will darken. See “Personallights” later in this section.

CAUTION

Leaving the light switch in the ONposition for extended periods of timewill result in a discharged battery.

PERSONAL LIGHTSFRONT

When the switch is pushed in with the interiorlight switch in the center O or OFF position,the light will turn on. When the switch ispushed again, the light will turn off. See“Interior lights” earlier in this section.

SII0099


2-35

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

REAR

The lights will turn on/off depending on whatside of the switch is pressed:

j1 The light stays on when pressed to thisposition.

j2 When the door is opened, both the rightand left lights come on. They turn off whenthe door is closed. If the interior lightswitch is in OFF position, the personallight will not turn on when the any of thedoors are opened. See “Interior lights”earlier in this section.

j3 When the switch is pressed, both right andleft lights come on.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

TRUNK LIGHTThe light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, the lightwill go off.

INTEGRATED HomeLinkTUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-

SII0222

SII0101


2-36

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ceiver provides a convenient way to consoli-date the functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-in de-vice.

Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLinkT will retain all pro-gramming.

Once the Integrated HomeLinkT Univer-sal Transceiver is programmed, retainthe original transmitter for future pro-gramming procedures (i.e., new ve-hicle purchases). Upon sale of the ve-hicle, the programmed IntegratedHomeLinkT Universal Transceiver but-

tons should be erased for security pur-poses. For additional information, referto “Clearing the programmed informa-tion” later in this section.

WARNING

O Do not use the IntegratedHomeLinkT Universal Transceiverwith any garage door opener thatlacks safety stop and reverse fea-tures as required by federalsafety standards. (These stan-dards became effective foropener models manufactured af-ter April 1, 1982). A garage dooropener which cannot detect anobject in the path of a closinggarage door and then automati-cally stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-

dards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injuryor death.

O During programming, your ga-rage door or gate may open orclose. Make sure that people andobjects are clear of the garagedoor or gate that you are pro-gramming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theIntegrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver.


2-37

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT

1. With the ignition key in the OFF position,press and hold the two outside buttons,and release when the indicator light beginsto flash (approximately 20 seconds). Thisprocedure erases the factory set defaultcodes and does not have to be followedwhen programming additional hand-heldtransmitters.

2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter(from the device you wish to train) ap-proximately 2 to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm)

away from the surface of HomeLinkTkeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously pushthe hand-held transmitter button and thedesired HomeLinkT button. Do not releasethe buttons until step 4 has been com-pleted.

NOTE:

Some garage door openers may re-quire the procedures noted under“Canadian Programming”.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing lightindicates the Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver has been successfullyprogrammed.

To program the remaining two buttons, followsteps 2 through 4.

If, after repeated attempts, you do not suc-cessfully program the Integrated HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver to learn the signal of thehand-held transmitter, refer to “Rolling CodeProgramming” later in this section.

CANADIAN PROGRAMMING

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmittingafter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLinkT, continue to pressand hold the HomeLinkT button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLinkT”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds untilthe indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener,etc., it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible damage to the garage door

SIP0198


2-38

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

opener components.

OPERATING THE INTEGRATEDHomeLinkT UNIVERSAL TRANS-CEIVER

The Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver (once programmed) may now be usedto activate the garage door, etc. To operate,simply press the appropriate programmedIntegrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiverbutton. The red indicator light will illuminatewhile the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING PROBLEM-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLinkT does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLinkT surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkT andhand-held transmitter buttons without in-terruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLinkT surface. Hold the transmitterin that position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLinkT is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light inview at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONIndividual buttons cannot be cleared, howeverto clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when the

indicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

ROLLING CODE PROGRAM-MING

Rolling code garage door openers (or otherrolling code devices) which are “code pro-tected” and manufactured after 1996, may bedetermined by the following.

A. Reference the garage door opener Owner’sManual for verification.

B. The hand-held transmitter appears to pro-gram the Integrated HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver but does not activate the ga-rage door.

C. Press and hold the trained HomeLinkTbutton. If the garage door opener has therolling code feature, the HomeLinkT indi-cator light will flash rapidly, then remainson after 2 seconds.

To program the Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-


2-39

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

versal Transceiver to a garage door openerwith the rolling code feature, follow theseinstructions after completing the “Program-ming HomeLinkT” procedures earlier in thissection. The aid of a second person may makethe following procedures quicker and easier.

1. Locate the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit. Exact location andcolor of the button may vary by garagedoor opener brand. If there is difficultylocating the training button, reference thegarage door opener Owner’s Manual.

2. Press the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit (which may acti-vate a training light).

NOTE:

Following step 2, there are 30 sec-onds in which to initiate step 3.

3. Firmly press and release the programmedHomeLinkT button. Press and release theHomeLinkT button a second time to com-

plete the training process. (Some garagedoor openers may require you to do thisprocedure a third time to complete thetraining.)

The garage door opener should now recognizethe Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver and activate when the HomeLinkTbutton is pressed. The remaining two buttonsmay now be programmed (if not yet pro-grammed, follow steps 2 through 4 in the“Programming HomeLinkT” procedures ear-lier in this section).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLinkT BUTTONTo reprogram an Integrated HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver button, complete the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flash

slowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLinkT sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver button has now been reprogrammed.The new device can be activated by pushingthe HomeLinkT button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLinkT buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLinkT. Con-sult the Owner’s Manual of each device or call


2-40

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

the manufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, youwill need to reprogram the IntegratedHomeLinkT Universal Transceiver withyour new transmitter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rulespart 15. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interfer-ence and (2) This device must acceptany interference that may be received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s au-thority to operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690

INFINITI COMMUNICATOR(if so equipped)

CAUTION

It is important that you fully under-stand the limitations of the InfinitiCommunicator system prior to use.

There are limitations to the Infiniti Communi-cator system. Please make sure you under-stand the limitations before using InfinitiCommunicator. See “System limitations” laterin this section.

SII0223


2-41

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INFINITI COMMUNICATORPURPOSE

The purpose of Infiniti Communicator is toprovide you with increased security by givingyou a convenient way of contacting the mostappropriate emergency assistance providerduring an emergency. You will have a choiceof functions depending on the service contractyou choose.

INFINITI COMMUNICATOROUTLINE

This system uses the Global PositioningSystem (GPS), cellular phone technology andthe Communicator Response Center to pro-vide the following functions:

O One touch “Mayday” emergency dialing

O One touch “Information” dialing

O Automatic supplemental air bag inflationnotification

O Remote door unlock

O Stolen vehicle tracking

O Alarm notification

SAFE OPERATING RECOMMEN-DATIONS

WARNING

O The Infiniti Communicator systemshould not be used while drivingin order that full attention may begiven to driving.

O The cellular phone handsetshould not be used while drivingin order that full attention may begiven to driving.

O If you must make a call while your

vehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operationalmode is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at alltimes in order that full attentionmay be given to driving.

O If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to takenotes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

It is important that you read this Owner’sManual thoroughly to ensure the safe opera-tion of your Infiniti Communicator system.

O The safest calls are those made when thevehicle is stopped.

O Hands-free cellular phone operation ishighly recommended and is easily main-tained by keeping the cellular telephone


2-42

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

handset in the cradle.

QUICK SUMMARY

O “Mayday” emergency and“Information” dialing can take place whenthe ignition key is in the ON position orabout 3 minutes after it is turned OFF.

O There will be a delay of at least 25 secondsfrom the time the “Mayday” emer-gency or “Information” button ispressed until a Communicator ResponseCenter operator answers the call. Duringthe delay, Infiniti Communicator is makingthe connection and transmitting vehicledata to the Communicator Response Cen-ter. If the cellular lines or landlines arebusy, the delay may be longer.

O Voice communication with the Communi-cator Response Center is all done througha hands-free microphone. Audio is heardthrough the right front door speaker. Toadjust the speaker volume, push the vol-

ume up/down switch in the steering switchfor the cellular phone.

O All indicators , , ,show the condition of the system

(transmitting, redialing, etc.). For detailssee “Infiniti Communicator indicator de-scription” later in this section.

O All indicators , , ,illuminate for up to 30 seconds

when the ignition switch is turned fromOFF to ON and the Infiniti Communicatorsystem performs a self check. However, noindicators will illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned from ON to OFF to ON inless than 3 minutes because the systemremains available.

O If the “Mayday” emergency and“Information” button indicators do

not turn off after the ignition switch isturned ON, or if both button indicatorsilluminate any time while the ignition

switch is ON except immediately after theignition switch is turned ON, the system isnot working correctly. You will need totake your car to your INFINITI dealer. TheInfiniti Communicator system may stilloperate in some cases.

O When the Infiniti Communicator contactsthe Communicator Response Center, ve-hicle data, that includes the position ofyour car, is sent to the Response Center.

O You can choose an optional handset so theInfiniti Communicator system can be usedas a normal cellular phone.

FUNCTIONS

One touch “Mayday” emergencydialingIf an emergency occurs, press the“Mayday” emergency button. The indicator inthe button blinks and then stays on, indicatingthe Communicator Response Center is beingcontacted. When Infiniti Communicator con-


2-43

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

nects with the Communicator Response Cen-ter, vehicle information, including the type ofcall (Mayday) and vehicle position, is trans-mitted to the Communicator Response Center.Voice communication using the Infiniti Com-municator system is not possible when data isbeing transmitted. After the data is transmit-ted, the Communicator Response Center op-erator will come on-line to speak with you.The Response Center operator will contactemergency crews and send them to yourlocation, if you request them. If you do notanswer the operator, or if the operator hearssomething that sounds like an emergency,emergency crews will be informed. If noemergency exists, the Response Center opera-tor will ask you to give the prearrangedpassword. A false password will be interpretedas a duress situation. This will prompt theoperator to dispatch emergency assistance.The operator will also appear to end the call,but will covertly monitor your vehicle untilassistance arrives.

One touch “Information” dialingIf the vehicle becomes disabled because ofengine or other trouble, press the“Information” button for roadside service. Theindicator in the button blinks and then stayson, indicating the Communicator ResponseCenter is being contacted. When Infiniti Com-municator connects with the CommunicatorResponse Center, vehicle information, includ-ing the type of call (Information) and vehicleposition, is transmitted to the Response Cen-ter. Voice communication using the system isnot possible when data is being transmitted.After the data is transmitted, the Communica-tor Response Center operator will come on-line to speak with you. This button may alsobe used to obtain more information about yourInfiniti Communicator system. You may alsouse the “Information” button to request ser-vices that may be added in the future.

Automatic supplemental air baginflation notification

When the supplemental air bag inflates, it isassumed that a collision has taken place.Infiniti Communicator contacts the Communi-cator Response Center, even if the

“Mayday” emergency dialing button isnot pressed. The Communicator ResponseCenter notifies the appropriate local agencies.The Communicator Response Center will at-tempt to contact you. If contact is established,the Communicator Response Center will pro-vide the responding emergency crews withinformation about your condition. The Com-municator Response Center will stay in con-tact until the emergency crews arrive.

Remote door unlock

If you lock the keys in your car, you can callthe Communicator Response Center by tele-phone. Refer to your Infiniti CommunicatorCard for the Communicator Response Center


2-44

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

telephone number. The Infiniti Consumer Af-fairs department can also provide the tele-phone number for the Communicator Re-sponse Center. Keep this number where it willbe available when your vehicle is locked. Youare required to provide a prearranged pass-word to confirm your identity. Upon verifica-tion that you are the owner, the CommunicatorResponse Center will instruct you how to openthe door.

Stolen vehicle trackingIn some cases of theft, your car can be trackedby the Communicator Response Center. Thisfunction allows the verified owner of the car tocontact the Communicator Response Center toattempt to locate the stolen car. If you have notdone so, the Communicator Response Centeroperator will help you file a stolen vehiclereport with the appropriate police department.A stolen vehicle report is often required beforethe authorities will dispatch police officers tothe vehicle location. Call the Communicator

Response Center by telephone. Refer to yourInfiniti Communicator Card for the Commu-nicator Response Center telephone number.The Infiniti Consumer Affairs department canalso provide the telephone number for theCommunicator Response Center. Keep thisnumber where it will be available when yourvehicle is stolen. In order to find the locationof your stolen car, the ignition switch must bein the ON position. If the CommunicatorResponse Center successfully locates yourvehicle, the operator has the ability to covertlyhear what is happening inside the vehicle. TheCommunicator Response Center operator willreport any important information to the au-thorities. If you have any concerns about thisfeature, you should contact the CommunicatorResponse Center.

Alarm notificationIf the vehicle’s theft warning system is acti-vated and stays on for more than 7 seconds,the Infiniti Communicator system automati-

cally contacts the Communicator ResponseCenter. Alarm notification functions regardlessof the ignition switch position. The Commu-nicator Response Center will assess the situ-ation and will attempt to call you or youremergency contact, if possible. If you are inthe vehicle, the Communicator Response Cen-ter operator will request your password toverify your identity. It is possible for theCommunicator Response Center to covertlyhear what is going on inside the car when thisfunction is ON. If you have any concernsabout this feature, you should contact theCommunicator Response Center.

FUNCTION AND DESCRIPTION

Automatic redial/auto reset toready

When Infiniti Communicator tries to contactthe Communicator Response Center, but thecellular network is busy, the system attemptsto dial for up to two hours. This time varies


2-45

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

greatly depending on the cellular network andcellular signal strength. The system resets toready when the system completes the dialingattempts. You can press the button again ifyou still need to contact the CommunicatorResponse Center. Infiniti Communicator auto-matically redials if communication betweenyou and the Communicator Response Centeris lost for some reason. The only way for atransmission to be officially terminated is forthe Communicator Response Center to sendan end transmission signal, which turns offthe indicator in the or button. Allinformation sent to the Communicator Re-sponse Center is recorded.

If cellular signal strength is low, it is possiblethat Infiniti Communicator will not be able toterminate the transmission. You may have torepress the button if you still need to contactthe Communicator Response Center.

If there is a natural disaster, such as anearthquake, all of the Communicator Re-

sponse Center phone lines may become busy.The Infiniti Communicator system in yourvehicle will not attempt to recontact theCommunicator Response Center.

Priority Communicator ResponseCenter dialing

If you are using the optional cellular phoneand the supplemental air bag inflates or the

“Mayday” or the “Information”button is pressed, your phone transmissionwill be cut so the Infiniti Communicatorsystem can contact the Communicator Re-sponse Center.

RoamingIf you have chosen a local cellular provider foryour optional handset and the company thatyou have contracted with for your cellularphone does not have a roaming agreement forthe area where your vehicle is within the 48contiguous states, it may not be possible touse the lines of a different cellular phone

company. Therefore, it is possible that InfinitiCommunicator will not be able to contact theCommunicator Response Center.

Data transmissionDuring transmission to the CommunicatorResponse Center, data will be collected on thetype of call, vehicle location, direction andspeed at the time of activation.

Global Positioning System func-tionsThe Global Positioning System (GPS) is usedto obtain the vehicle location. GPS satellitestransmit radio waves and orbit around theearth at an altitude of approximately 13,000miles (21,000 km). The GPS receiver calcu-lates the three-dimensional position (latitude,longitude, and altitude from sea level) of thevehicle by using the time differences of radiowaves arriving from several GPS satellites.

You cannot receive any Global PositioningSystem (GPS) data in areas where radio


2-46

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

reception conditions are poor. In such cases,the latest GPS data received will be transmit-ted to the Communicator Response Center.Then, the Communicator Response Center willdetermine the reliability of the GPS data. If thequality of the data is too poor or if the datacannot be located, the Communicator Re-sponse Center operator will ask you for yourvehicle’s position. Factors such as topogra-phy, electronic interference or weather condi-tions may affect GPS data and transmission.

O Since radio waves from the GPS satellitesmay be obstructed when driving throughtunnels, near tall buildings near denselyplanted trees, underneath double-deck ex-pressways, or in-building parking lots, thesignals may not be received. That is, theenvironment may prevent detection of ve-hicle position or cause errors.

O The US Department of Defense controlsthe GPS satellite signals. Therefore, signal

transmission accuracy may drop or besuspended.

O Avoid placing objects over the GPS an-tenna installed inside the vehicle and donot place portable telephones and handheld wireless units near the Infiniti Com-municator antennas. Also, keep the frontand/or rear windshield free of snow andice. Since the strength of radio waves fromthe GPS satellites is relatively small, signalquality may drop, resulting in poor or nosignal reception.

Contract with CommunicatorResponse CenterSince your phone number and cellular phoneprogramming are not known before your car ispurchased, your telephone must be properlyprogrammed to be able to contact the Com-municator Response Center from your car. Youmay want to ask your INFINITI dealer to helpyou setup the Infiniti Communicator system.

When you move or change your cellularphone number, please contact the Communi-cator Response Center at 888-870-9898 tohave the contents of the service contractchanged. This is necessary for Infiniti Com-municator to function properly.

When selling your car, ending your servicecontract with Communicator Response Center,or transferring service, please contact the Com-municator Response Center at 888-870-9898.

ActivationYou must complete the activation process as

SII0233


2-47

Z 99.3.8/FY33-D/V5 X

soon as possible after service contract iscompleted. Simply press either the

“Mayday” emergency or “Infor-mation” button to begin the activation pro-cess. A Communicator Response Center op-erator will verify the information from theapplication that you filled out at your INFINITIdealer. The operator also verifies that the GPSsystem functions correctly and provides abrief orientation to the Infiniti Communicatorsystem. Finally, the operator will ask if youwould like to establish a password in thesystem. The Infiniti Communicator systemremains in a demonstration mode until thesetup procedures are completed. If you per-form any operation, the Communicator Re-sponse Center will recognize this operation asa demonstration and will not provide service.A service contract needs to be completedbetween you and the Communicator ResponseCenter and an active account must be main-tained for you to receive service from theResponse Center.

Miscellaneous

O Turning the ignition OFF during a call tothe Communicator Response Center willnot interrupt your conversation unlessthere is a problem with the battery. Toprotect the battery, you may want to usethe system while the engine is running(except when running the engine may bedangerous, such as after an accident or inan enclosed space like a garage).

O If you start the engine during a call, yourconversation may be interrupted. Whenthis happens the system may try to resumetransmission once the engine has beenstarted.

O Audio, such as the radio, cassette orcompact disc, is unavailable (Auto mute)as long as Infiniti Communicator is con-nected to the Communicator ResponseCenter, unless the vehicle is being moni-

tored in case of theft or in duress situa-tions.

O When stolen vehicle tracking and alarmnotification are used with the optionalhandset connected, some indications are,at times, sent to the handset.

O When the audio mode is switched to thedata mode on completion of the call abeeping or hissing noise may be heard.The noise occurs because the call is beingmade through the modem. What you hearis the modem switching between voice anddata modes. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction.

O If battery power is lost, for any reason,during a call to the Communicator Re-sponse Center, Infiniti Communicator willautomatically attempt to redial the Re-sponse Center when battery power isrestored.


2-48

Z 99.3.8/FY33-D/V5 X

INFINITI COMMUNICATORINDICATOR DESCRIPTION

All indicators areON

O All indicators are turned ON for up to 30seconds when the ignition key is turnedfrom OFF to ON. This is normal operation.

O If there is a fault in the system, the“Mayday” emergency and

“Information” button indicators remain ONand the system may not work correctly.

O If only the “Mayday” emergencybutton indicator is ON when the ignition isturned from OFF to ON and the button wasnot pressed, the Infiniti Communicatorsystem may not be working correctly.

“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator blinking

The “Mayday” emergency button was pressed.

Infiniti Communicator is trying to acquire anavailable cellular channel.

“Mayday” emergency but-ton indicator ON

The “Mayday” emergency button was pressed.System is connected to a cell and is commu-nicating information to the CommunicatorResponse Center.

“Information” button indi-cator blinking

The “Information” button was pressed. InfinitiCommunicator is trying to acquire an avail-able cellular channel.

“Information” button indi-cator ON

The “Information” button was pressed. Thesystem is connected to a cell and is commu-nicating information to the CommunicatorResponse Center.

Redial indicatorON/blinking

The initial connection was not successful.Infiniti Communicator is attempting to redialto contact the Communicator Response Cen-ter. The redial indicator may blink before thebutton indicator blink.

No service indicator ONCellular phone is outside of cellular phonetransmission range. Infiniti Communicator willnot be able to contact the CommunicatorResponse Center until the phone is inside ofcellular phone transmission range. If youchoose the optional handset, the Infiniti Com-municator system’s No service indicator andthe handset display are not synchronized. Thehandset and Infiniti Communicator system Noservice indicator do not turn on or off at thesame time.


2-49

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Redial and no ser-vice indicators ON

Infiniti Communicator was activated inside ofcellular phone transmission range, but thevehicle was driven out of cellular phonetransmission range. Infiniti Communicatorlost the signal so it tries to redial. InfinitiCommunicator will attempt to reestablish con-tact for 30 minutes.

Redial and no ser-vice indicators al-ternating ON andOFF

Infiniti Communicator is contacting the Com-municator Response Center when InfinitiCommunicator is in demonstration mode.The Communicator Response Centerwill not provide service until the setupprocedures are completed.

OPERATION OF OPTIONALHANDSET

You can choose an optional handset so theInfiniti Communicator system can be used asa normal cellular phone. In order to effectivelyprovide all Infiniti Communicator system fea-tures, only the optional handset available fromyour INFINITI dealer should be installed.Docking stations and other handsets mayinterfere with the Infiniti Communicator sys-tem functions or render the system inoperable.Refer to your handset operational manual forinformation on how to use your handset.

Infiniti Communicator gives preference to theCommunicator Response Center connection.If Infiniti Communicator is activated when youare using the optional handset, your phonetransmission will be cut and Infiniti Commu-nicator will dial the Communicator ResponseCenter. The cellular handset will be disabled,and communication with the CommunicatorResponse Center operator will be carried out

through the hands-free microphone. Aftercommunication with the Communicator Re-sponse Center is finished, the handset lastnumber memory will be erased.

PAYMENT FOR INFINITI COM-MUNICATOR USE

It is the owner’s responsibility to maintain anactive account with the cellular provider andCommunicator Response Center. If either ac-count is inactive, Infiniti Communicator willnot operate.

SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

The Infiniti Communicator system relies onthe cellular network. The Infiniti Communica-tor system is subject to the same limitationsthat affect cellular phone operation.

Since Infiniti Communicator is powered by thevehicle’s battery, if the battery is removed,damaged or discharged, the system will notwork.


2-50

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Service area

Service is provided in the 48 contiguousstates. Service is not available inAlaska, Hawaii, Canada, or Mexico.The Communicator Response Centerwill not be able to locate your caroutside of the continental UnitedStates.

Inoperative if cellular system isbusy

The number of available cellular lines islimited in a particular area and varies accord-ing to call volume. Once the call volumereaches the maximum, any additional callscannot be processed. When Infiniti Commu-nicator encounters such a situation, the sys-tem attempts to dial for up to two hours. Thistime varies greatly depending on the cellularnetwork and cellular signal strength. Thesystem resets to ready when the systemcompletes the dialing attempts. You can press

the button again if you still need to contact theCommunicator Response Center. After severalfailed attempts the system will quit dialing andreturn to normal mode.

Cellular PIN features

Some local cellular providers offer customphone numbers that are assigned a PersonalIdentification Number (PIN). The cellularphone user is required to enter the PIN anytime a phone call is made. The InfinitiCommunicator system is not compatible withthe PIN feature. A PIN requirement on yourcellular phone will cause the Infiniti Commu-nicator system to be inoperative. When com-pleting your service contract with your cellularprovider, ask your carrier to assign you anumber that does not require a PIN.

Special cellular featuresSome cellular providers offer special featuressuch as call waiting, voice mail, call forward-ing, etc. These features can interfere with

Infiniti Communicator system operation.

Cellular airwave interference

At times you may hear someone other than theCommunicator Response Center operator talk-ing. This is caused by cellular airwave inter-ference and is not caused by an InfinitiCommunicator system malfunction. Generally,if you are driving, the interference will goaway. If cellular airwave interference occurswhen the Infiniti Communicator system istransmitting data to the Communicator Re-sponse Center, the Infiniti Communicator sys-tem automatically switches to voice commu-nications. There may be cases where cellularairwave interference may prevent the InfinitiCommunicator System from completing theconnection to the Communicator ResponseCenter.

SecurityThe Infiniti Communicator system uses thecellular phone network. Conversations and


2-51

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

data transmissions are not secure. Thirdparties may be able to listen to your conver-sation.

Aftermarket accessoriesWhen installing a CB radio or car phone inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions. Otherwise, the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Multiport Fuel Injec-tion system, Infiniti Communicator system, orother electronic parts.

Potentially inoperative if the ve-hicle is in an accidentIf you are involved in an accident, InfinitiCommunicator may also be damaged. SinceInfiniti Communicator is powered from thevehicle, damaged Infiniti Communicator re-lated components such as the battery willdisable the system.

Inoperative if cellular phone isinactive or inoperative

Infiniti Communicator will be inoperative ifyou do not have an active cellular accountwith a cellular provider. Since Infiniti Com-municator relies on the cellular network, thesystem will not work if the cellular service oryour cellular phone is inactive.

When the Infiniti Communicator system isoutside of cellular service, the indicatorwill illuminate. If you try to activate InfinitiCommunicator, the request will be canceled.Cellular phone transmission may becometemporarily disabled, or interrupted by envi-ronmental factors such as tunnels, bridges, ortall buildings. When Infiniti Communicatorencounters such a situation, the system at-tempts to dial for up to two hours. This timevaries greatly depending on the cellular net-work and cellular signal strength. The systemresets to ready when the system completes thedialing attempts. You can press the button

again if you still need to contact the Commu-nicator Response Center. After several failedattempts the system will quit dialing andreturn to normal mode.

Phone number changes

The Infiniti Communicator system is onlycapable of accepting up to 15 phone numberchanges. You may need to purchase InfinitiCommunicator system components if thephone number changes more than 15 times.

CAUTION

O Keep antennas as far away aspossible from electronic controlunits (including radio and InfinitiCommunicator system compo-nents).

O Keep antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the Multiport


2-52

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Fuel Injection and Infiniti Com-municator harnesses. Do notroute antenna wires next to anyother harness.

FALSE ACTIVATIONS ANDPASSWORD SELECTIONS

When you complete the contract with theCommunicator Response Center, you will begiven the option of establishing a user pass-word. You are strongly encouraged to estab-lish a password. The password is used toverify your identity in the following situations:

O You will be asked to provide a password ifyour make a request to unlock the doorsby remote operation.

O When the “Mayday” emergency but-ton has been pressed in any nonemer-gency situation. The Communicator Re-sponse Center operator will come online

and ask for your password to verify youridentity. If an incorrect password is pro-vided, the Communicator Response Centeroperator will assume you are under du-ress. The operator will covertly monitorwhat is happening inside the vehicle andcontact the police. The operator will pro-vide the police with the latest/currentvehicle location. You do not need to havea password if you need emergency ser-vices. If you choose not to establish apassword, simply indicate to the operatorthat the assistance request was initiated inerror and the call will be terminated.

O If the vehicle’s theft warning system wasactivated for more than seven seconds, theInfiniti Communicator system contacts theCommunicator Response Center. TheCommunicator Response Center operatorwill come online and request the passwordfrom the occupant. If no password or anincorrect password is provided, the opera-

tor will contact the police and providethem with the latest/current vehicle loca-tion.

Choose a password that will not be easy forsomeone else to figure out.

All other aspects of your service will beidentical regardless of your password deci-sion.

STEERING SWITCH FOR CEL-LULAR PHONE (Models withInfiniti Communicator)

SII0185


2-53

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The steering switch except the volumeup/down switch will operate only if the hand-set is in the cradle. This system allowssteering switching when telephone calls arereceived or terminated. A maximum of sixtelephone numbers which are stored in thememory of the cellular phone can be dialedusing the steering switch operation. For theprocedure to memorize telephone numbers,refer to your cellular phone operation manual.

SWITCH OPERATIONS

Send/endO When a call is received, press the

send/end switch to permit conver-sation.

O At the completion of the conversation,press the send/end switch to termi-nate the call.

O To redial the number of the most recentcall, press the send/end switchwhen the telephone is turned off.

Memory select

To select memory 1 to 6, press memoryswitch A or B. Every press on theswitch changes memory as follows:

: memory 1 → 2 → 3 → OFF

: memory 4 → 5 → 6 → OFF

After selecting memory, press send/endswitch to make a call.

You can program phone numbers intomemory only with the optional handset. Youcannot program the memory without the hand-set.

Volume up/down

To adjust the right front door speaker volume,push the volume up/down switch.

Even if you do not choose the optionalhandset, it is possible to receive phone calls.You can also adjust the volume during theconversation. To receive a phone call, press

the send/end switch. The audio systemautomatically turns off (auto mute) during thecall. Press the send/end switch to endthe call. The audio system will automaticallyturn on in about four seconds.


2-54

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

3 PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Keys............................................................. 3-2Doors........................................................... 3-3Locking with key ......................................... 3-3Locking with inside lock knob .................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch......... 3-4Child safety rear door lock.......................... 3-4Multi-remote control system....................... 3-5How to use multi-remote control system ... 3-6Battery replacement..................................... 3-7Hood ............................................................ 3-9Trunk lid ...................................................... 3-9Opener operation......................................... 3-9Key operation ............................................ 3-10Auto closure .............................................. 3-10

Fuel filler lid............................................... 3-11Opener operation....................................... 3-11Fuel filler cap............................................. 3-11Steering wheel ........................................... 3-13Tilt operation ............................................. 3-13Telescopic operation.................................. 3-14Sun visors ................................................. 3-14Using the sun visors ................................. 3-14Mirrors....................................................... 3-15Automatic anti-dazzle inside mirror .......... 3-15Outside mirrors ......................................... 3-15Automatic drive positioner ........................ 3-16Automatic drive positioner operation ........ 3-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or security keys which are registered to

the Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System com-ponents in your vehicle. These keys have atransponder chip in the key head. (The walletkey cannot be used to drive your vehicle.)

The master key and wallet key can be used forall locks.

When the key case with the wallet keyis placed into your wallet, be carefulnot to apply excessive force to thewallet as it or other cards could bedamaged.

The security key cannot be used for the trunklid or glove box locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the security keyonly.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in the

vehicle. INFINITI does not record any keynumber so it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, this keycan be duplicated by your INFINITI dealer.Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System KEY -Master and Security keys:The key number is necessary when you needextra Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System keys.As many as 5 Infiniti Vehicle ImmobiliserSystem keys can be used with one vehicle.New keys must be registered to the InfinitiVehicle Immobiliser System components inyour vehicle by your INFINITI dealer. At thistime, you should bring all Infiniti VehicleImmobiliser System keys that you have toyour INFINITI dealer for registration. This isbecause the registration process will erase allmemory of the Infiniti Vehicle ImmobiliserSystem components.

SIP0220

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

DOORS

WARNING

O Always have the doors lockedwhile driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this providesgreater safety in the event of anaccident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown fromthe vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from uninten-tionally opening the doors, andwill help keep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traf-fic.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches or

controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

ManualTo lock the door, turn the key toward the frontof the vehicle.

To unlock, turn it toward the rear.

PowerThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the front door key to the front ofthe vehicle will lock all doors.

O Turning the front door key one time to therear of the vehicle will unlock the corre-sponding door. From that position, return-ing the key to neutral (where the key canonly be removed and inserted.) and turn-ing it to the rear again within 3 secondswill unlock all doors.

SIP0221


3-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

Manual

To lock the doors from the outside without akey, move the inside lock knob to the lockposition, then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certain notto leave the key inside the vehicle.

The inside lock knob of the front door cannotbe set to the lock position with front dooropened and with the key in the ignition. If this

is attempted, all doors will unlock.

PowerThe power door lock system allows you tolock all doors simultaneously.

Pushing the front door inside lock knob to thelock position will lock all doors.

LOCKING WITH POWERDOOR LOCK SWITCH

Operating the lock-unlock switch will lock orunlock all doors.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the lock position,the rear door can be opened only fromthe outside.

SIP0092

SIP0093

SIP0005


3-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

MULTI-REMOTE CONTROLSYSTEMIt is possible to lock/unlock all doors, torelease the trunk lid and to activate the panicalarm by using the remote controller fromoutside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The remote controller can operate at a dis-tance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance depends uponthe conditions around the vehicle.)As many as four remote controllers can beused with one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalremote controllers, contact your INFINITIdealer.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or oc-currences which will damage theremote controller.

O Do not allow the remote control-ler to become wet.

O Do not drop the remote controller.

O Do not strike the remote control-ler sharply against another ob-ject.

O Do not place the remote control-ler for an extended period in anarea where temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).


3-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

HOW TO USE MULTI-REMOTECONTROL SYSTEM

Locking doors1. Remove the ignition key.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push the button on the multi-remotecontroller.

4. All of the doors locks.

5. The hazard indicators flash twice.

When the button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicators flash twiceas a reminder that the doors are alreadylocked.

Unlocking doors1. Push the button on the multi-remote

controller. Only the driver side door un-locks.

2. Push the button on the multi-remoteSIP0231


3-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

controller again within 5 seconds. Thepassenger doors unlock.

3. The interior light will stay on for 30seconds when the interior light switch is inthe center O position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by inserting the keyinto the ignition then turning to the ACCposition or by locking the front door.

Releasing the trunk lid1. Push the button on the multi-remote

controller for longer than 0.5 seconds withthe ignition key removed from the keycylinder.

2. The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open with thetrunk lid release cancel switch turned toOFF. See “Trunk lid” later in this sec-tion for cancel switch.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to callattention as follows:

1. Push the button on the multi-remotecontroller for longer than 1.5 seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlight willstay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The , the or the but-ton is pressed, or

O The button is pushed for longerthan 1.5 seconds on the multi-remotecontroller.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

SIP0223


3-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-lent

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Press the key button two or three times tocheck its operation.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

O An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always con-firm local regulations for battery dis-posal.

O The remote controller is water-proof;however, if it does get wet, immedi-ately wipe completely dry.

O The operational range of the remote

controller extends to approximately33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.This range may vary with conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compli-ance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including in-terference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.


3-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

HOOD

1. Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood and make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driv-ing. Failure to do so could causethe hood to fly open and result inan accident.

O If you see steam or smoke coming

from the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

TRUNK LID

WARNING

Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section for exhaust gas.

OPENER OPERATION

The trunk lid release switch is located underthe driver’s armrest.

SIP0224


3-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

To open the trunk lid, pull the release switch.To close, push the trunk lid down.

Cancel switch

When the cancel switch located inside theglove box is OFF, the trunk lid cannot beopened with the trunk lid release switch or theremote controller. It can be opened only withthe master key or wallet key.

KEY OPERATION

To open the trunk lid, turn the key clockwise.To close remove the key, lower and push thetrunk lid down.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the trunk lid is pulled down to a partly openposition, the lid will pull itself to the closedposition.

Do not apply excessive power when theauto closure is operating. Excessivepower applied may cause the mecha-

SIP0097

SIP0099 SIP0225


3-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

nism to malfunction.

CAUTION

O The lid will automatically closefrom a partly open position. Toavoid pinching, keep hands andfingers away from trunk opening.

O Do not let children operate theclosing trunk lid.

FUEL FILLER LIDOPENER OPERATION

To open the fuel filler lid, push the openerswitch. To lock, close the fuel filler lidsecurely.

Emergency opener

Pulling the mechanical opener located in thetrunk room can also open the fuel filler lid.

FUEL FILLER CAP

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under cer-tain conditions. You could be

SIP0226

SIP0121


3-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

burned or seriously injured if it ismisused or mishandled. Alwaysstop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks nearthe vehicle when refueling.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turnthe cap one-half turn, and wait forany hissing sound to stop to pre-vent fuel from spraying out andpossible personal injury. Then re-move the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Contin-ued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel sprayand possibly a fire.

O Use only a genuine fuel filler capas a replacement. It has a built-in

safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system andemission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your ve-hicle.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the car body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

O Tighten until the cap clicks. Fail-ure to tighten the fuel cap prop-erly may cause the Malfunc-tion indicator light (MIL) to

illuminate. If this occurs, se-curely close the fuel filler cap.After driven for a while, the lightshould remain off. If the lightremains on, have the vehicle in-spected by an authorized INFINITIdealer. For additional informa-tion, see “Malfunction indicatorlight (MIL)” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.


3-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The fuel filler cap is a screw-on ratchetingtype. Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchet-ing clicks are heard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

STEERING WHEEL

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

TILT OPERATION

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheel upor down to the desired position.

When the steering column is at the upperextent of its adjustment, pushing the manualswitch upward will not move the steeringcolumn further. After releasing the switch, thesteering wheel may lower slightly. This is nota malfunction.

Jump up operationThe automatic drive positioner system will

SIP0207

SIP0112


3-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

make the steering wheel jump upautomatically. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily.

TELESCOPIC OPERATION

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheelforward or backward to the desired position.

SUN VISORSUSING THE SUN VISORS

CAUTION

O Do not store the main sun visorbefore storing the sub-sun visor.

O Do not pull the sub-sun visor forc-edly downwards.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor.

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side.

3. Then, to block glare from the front too,swing down the sub-sun visor.

SIP0113

SIP0116


3-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

MIRRORSAUTOMATIC ANTI-DAZZLE IN-SIDE MIRROR

The automatic anti-dazzle inside mirror oper-ates when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlight of the followingvehicle.

Normally, use the AUTO position.

AUTO position:

Push the AUTO switch. (The indicator light onthe AUTO switch will come on.)

The mirror reflection ratio changes automati-cally according to external lighting and bright-ness conditions.

DAY position:

Push the DAY switch. (The indicator light onthe DAY switch will come on.)

The mirror reflection ratio is held at a highreflection ratio.

Do not hang any object on the sensor orapply glass cleaner. Doing so will re-duce the sensitivity of the sensor, re-sulting in improper operation.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSSIP0208

SIP0114


3-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the switch to the L or R side to select theleft or right side mirror, then adjust using thecontrol button.

These mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defogger switch is operated.

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closerthan they appear. Be careful whenmoving to the right. Using only thismirror could cause an accident. Useinside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

Foldable outside mirrors

Push the outside mirror backward to fold it.

AUTOMATIC DRIVEPOSITIONERAUTOMATIC DRIVE POSI-TIONER OPERATIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when the automatic transmission selec-tor lever is in the P (Park) position. Thisallows the driver get into and out of the

driver’s seat more easily.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

O When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC to LOCKwith the driver’s door open while theautomatic transmission selector lever is inthe P (Park) position.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the positions before being set.

O When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to LOCK.

IPD073M


3-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O When the key is turned from ACC to ONwhile the automatic transmission selectorlever is in the P (Park) position.

Procedure for storing memoryTwo positions can be stored in the automaticdrive positioner memory. Follow these pro-cedures to use the memory system.

1. Set the automatic transmission selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat and steering col-umn to the desired positions by manuallyoperating each adjusting switch. For addi-tional information, see “Seats” in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section and “Steering wheel”earlier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch 1 or 2.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on forapproximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in theselected memory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be de-leted.

Confirming memory storageO Turn the ignition ON and push the SET

switch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indi-cator light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the memory will be can-celed. In such a case, reset the desiredpositions using the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key in theLOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using the pre-vious procedure.

Selecting the memorized posi-tion1. Set the automatic transmission selector

lever to the P (Park) position.

SIP0110


3-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch 1 or 2.

The driver’s seat and steering column willmove to the memorized position.

When memory switch 1 or 2 is pushed withthe driver’s door open and then the keyinserted into the ignition switch within ap-proximately 1 minute, the driver’s seat andsteering column will move to the memorizedposition.

Cancellation of the system

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the follow-ing conditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pressed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat or steering column is turned on whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the cancel switch located on thesteering column is pushed in .

Cancel switch

When the cancel switch is pushed in ,the automatic drive positioner system will notfunction.

When the switch is pushed again , thesystem will function.

SIP0228


3-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

Ventilators.................................................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)....... 4-3Automatic operation .................................... 4-4Manual operation......................................... 4-5Ambient temperature switch (AMB)............ 4-5Operating tips .............................................. 4-6Ventilation air filter ...................................... 4-6Servicing air conditioner ............................. 4-6Audio system............................................... 4-7

Radio ........................................................... 4-7FM radio reception ...................................... 4-7AM radio reception...................................... 4-8FM-AM radio with cassette player andcompact disc (CD) player (Bose)................ 4-9Steering switch for audio control (Modelswithout Infiniti Communicator) ................. 4-20Antenna...................................................... 4-20CB radio or car phone............................... 4-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

VENTILATORS

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-tion of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare closed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare open.

SIH0032

SIH0018

SIH0033

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

4-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Automatic)

SIH0052


4-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling func-tion operates only when the en-gine is running.

O Do not leave children, unreliableadults, or pets alone in your ve-hicle. On hot, sunny days, tem-peratures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become highenough to cause severe or possi-bly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

O Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may causethe interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

O Positioning of the heater and airconditioner controls should not bedone while driving, in order thatfull attention may be given to thedriving operation.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to maintain aconstant temperature. Air flow distribution andfan speed are also controlled automatically.

1. Push the AUTO switch on. (AUTO willappear on the display.)

2. Turn the temperature control knob to setthe desired temperature.

O For normal operation, adjust the tempera-ture control knob to about 77°F (25°C).

Heating (ECON)

Use this mode when you need to heat only.

1. Push the ECON (Economy) switch on.(ECON appears on the display.)


O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

O Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

O If the windows fog up, do not use theECON mode.

Dehumidified defogging

1. Push the front defroster FRONTswitch on. (The indicator light on theswitch will come on.)


4-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X


O To remove ice or fog from the outside ofthe windows, push the manual fan controlswitch and set to the maximumposition.

O As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the AUTO switch to return tothe auto mode.

O When the front defroster FRONTswitch is pushed, the air conditioner willautomatically be turned on at outside tem-peratures above 30°F (−1°C) to defrost thewindshield. The air recirculation mode

will automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve defrosting perfor-mance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control switch to changethe fan speed manually.

Push the AUTO switch to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationPush the air recirculation switch torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the switch will come on.

Push it again to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The indicator will goout.

The air recirculation switch cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode FRONT.

Air flow controlPushing the manual air flow control switchselects the air outlet to provide:

: Air flow from front center, side andrear ventilators.

: Air flow from front center, side andrear ventilators, and front and rear footoutlets.

: Air flow mainly from front and rearfoot outlets.

: Air flow from defroster and front andrear foot outlets.

To turn system offPush the OFF switch.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURESWITCH (AMB)Push the ambient temperature switch. Theoutside ambient temperature will be displayedfor approximately 5 seconds.


4-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for 20 to150 seconds. This is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, air flowfrom the foot outlets will operate normally.

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature. Do not putanything on or around this sensor.

VENTILATION AIR FILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped witha ventilation air filter which collects dirt,pollen, dust, etc. To make sure air conditionerheats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, re-place the filter in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in this manual. To replacethe filter, contact your INFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flowis extremely decreased or when win-dows fog up easily during operatingheater or air conditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDI-TIONERThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIis charged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant willnot harm the earth’s ozone layer. How-ever, special charging equipment and lubri-cant are required when servicing your INFINITIair conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or

lubricants will cause severe damage to yourair conditioning system. See “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” for airconditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations.

Your INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done onlyby an experienced technician withproper equipment.

IHA017M


4-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

AUDIO SYSTEM

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, the key should be turned to the ACCposition.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-ternal influences. Intermittent changes in re-ception quality normally are caused by theseexternal influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio receptionYour INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed to

extend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of both FM and AM radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a movingvehicle, even when the finest equipment isused. These characteristics are completelynormal in a given reception area, and do notindicate any malfunction in your INFINITIradio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because of themovement, reception conditions will con-stantly change. Buildings, terrain, signal dis-tance and interference from other vehicles canwork against ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single

channel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter andreceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sightpath, exhibiting many of the same character-

IHA018M


4-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

istics as light. For example they will reflect offobjects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals will tendto fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with in-creased distance from the station transmitter,static or flutter can be heard. This can bereduced by adjusting the treble control coun-terclockwise to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss ofsound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur forseveral seconds during ionospheric turbu-lence even in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.


4-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

FM-AM RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Bose)

SIH0047A


4-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Audio main operationHead unit

The radio has an FM diversity receptionsystem, which employs two antennas. One isa rod type antenna; the other is an antennaprinted on the window. This system automati-cally switches to the antenna which is receiv-ing less noise.

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction ofhigh frequency ranges. Noise is also greatlyreduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency rangeautomatically in both radio reception and tapeand CD playback.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the ONzOFF/VOL control knob while thesystem is off to call up the mode (radio, tapeor CD) which was playing immediately before

the system was turned off. When no CD ortape is loaded, the radio will come on. Whilethe system is on, pushing the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol knob turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol knob.

Turn the ONzOFF/VOL control knob to adjustthe volume.


4-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalance:

To adjust BASS, TRE (Treble), BAL (Balance)and FAD (Fader), press the AUDIO button untilthe desired mode BAS, TRE, FAD, or BALappears in the display.

Press the or button to adjustBass (BAS) and Treble (TRE) to the desiredlevel. Use the or button also toadjust Fader (FAD) or Balance (BAL) modes.

FAD adjusts the sound level between the front

and rear speakers and BAL adjusts the soundbetween the right and left speakers.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

FM-AM radio operationFM/AM band select:

Pushing the FM/AM band select button willchange the band FM1, FM2 or AM.

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio will automati-cally change from stereo to monaural recep-tion.

SIH0049


4-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TUNE (Tuning):

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either ofthe TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5seconds.

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving in order that full attentionmay be given to the driving opera-tion.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

SEEK tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning

begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at the next broadcastingstation.

SCAN tuning

Push the SEEK/SCAN tuning button orfor more than 1.5 seconds. SCAN

tuning begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 10 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 10 seconds period will stopSCAN tuning and the radio will remain tunedto that station.

If the SEEK/SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext station.

SIH0048


4-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2).

Six stations can be set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using theSEEK/SCAN or TUNE button.

2. Push the desired station select button formore than 1.5 seconds. (For example, inthe diagram ch2 is to be memorized. Theradio mutes when the select button ispushed.)

3. The indicator ch2 will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Cassette tape player operationTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tapedoor. The cassette tape will be automaticallypulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) andthe cassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape intothe tape door. This could causeplayer damage.

If the system is turned off by pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

Precautions on cassette tape playeroperation:

O To maintain good quality sound,INFINITI recommends that you usecassette tapes of 60 minutes orshorter in length.

O Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use.Store cassettes in their protectivecases and away from direct sunlight,heat, dust, moisture or magneticsources.

Direct sunlight can cause the cas-sette to become deformed. The useof deformed cassettes may causethe cassette to jam in the player.

O Do not use cassettes that have peel-ing or loose labels. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassette


4-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

hubs and rewind the tape firmly.Loose tape may cause jamming andwavering sound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maygather a tape coating residue as thetape passes over the head. Thisresidue accumulation can cause aweak or wavering sound and shouldbe removed periodically with a headcleaning tape.

If the residue is not removed peri-odically, the player may need to bedisassembled for cleaning.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem will come on and the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact disc turned onand the tape loaded, the compact disc or

the radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

O If the TAPE button is pushed during eitherthe FF, REW, APS FF or APS REWfunction, the cassette tape enters the nor-mal play mode.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the right side of thedisplay window.

To stop the FF or REW function, push the(fast forward) or (rewind) again,

or the TAPE button.

APS (AutomaticProgram Search)FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed

while the tape is being played, the nextprogram will start to play from the beginning.Push the (APS FF) button several timesto skip through programs. The tape willadvance the number of times the button ispushed (up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button is pushedonce, the program being played starts overfrom the beginning. Push the (APSREW) button several times to skip backseveral selections. The tape will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on theright side of the display window while search-ing for the selection.

To stop the APS FF or APS REW function,push the TAPE button.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop in


4-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

the desired or expected location.

PROG (Program):

Push the PROG button to change the tape sidewhile the tape is being played.

The cassette tape will automatically changedirections to play the other side when the firstside is completed.

If the PROG button is pushed during the FF orREW function, the cassette tape enters thenormal play mode.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator will come on.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories LicensingCorporation. Dolby NR and the double-Dsymbol are trademarks of Dolby Labo-ratories Licensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player will be automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metalor chrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.

When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) player op-eration

CAUTION

O During cold weather or rainydays, the player may malfunctiondue to the humidity. If this oc-curs, remove the CD and dehu-midify or ventilate the player

completely.

O The player may skip while drivingon rough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannotfunction when the compartmenttemperature is extremely high.Decrease the temperature beforeuse.

O Do not expose the CD to directsunlight.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, or covered with finger-prints may not work properly.

O Do not use an 8 cm CD adapter asthis will cause malfunction.

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition and insert the CD into the slot withthe label side facing up. The CD will be


4-15

Z 99.3.5/FY33-D/V5 X

guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc intothe slot. This could damage theplayer.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ONzOFF/VOL controlknob will start the CD.

Standard 4 3/4 in (12 cm) discs, and 3 1/8 in(8 cm) discs can be used without an adapter.

PLAY:

Models without CD autochanger:

When the CD/CHG button is pushed with thesystem off and the CD loaded, the system willturn on and the CD will start to play.

When the CD/CHG button is pushed with theCD loaded but the tape or the radio playing,the tape or radio will automatically be turnedoff and the compact disc will start to play.

Models with CD autochanger:

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe CD loaded in the player and CDautochanger:

a) When the system is off, the system willturn on and the mode (CD player or CDautochanger) which was playing imme-diately before the system was turned offwill turn on.

b) When the CD player turns on, the CDplayer will automatically be turned off

and the CD autochanger will turn on.

c) When the CD autochanger turns on, theCD autochanger will automatically beturned off and the CD player will turnon.

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe CD loaded only in the player:

a) When the system is off, the system willturn on and the CD player will turn on.

b) When the CD player turns on, the CDplayer will be turned off and the NODISC indicator will flash on the display.

c) When the NO DISC indicator is flashingon the display, the display will go outand the CD player will turn on.

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded in onlythe CD autochanger, the system will turnon and the CD autochanger will turn on.


4-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withno disc in either the player or CD au-tochanger, the NO DISC indicator will flashon the display.

When the CD/CHG button is pushed with theCD loaded in the player and/or CD au-tochanger but the tape or the radio playing,the tape or radio will automatically be turnedoff and the CD player or the CD autochangerwill turn on.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (re-wind) button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

APS (AutomaticProgram Search)FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed

while the CD is being played, the programnext to the present one will start to play fromits beginning. Push several times to skipthrough programs. The CD will advance thenumber of times the button is pushed. (Whenthe last program on the CD is skippedthrough, the first program will be played.)

When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The CD will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

PROG (Program):

When the PROG button is pushed while theCD is being played, the play pattern willchange as follows:

no mark: All the programs will be playedrepeatedly in sequence.

1: Only one program (the one being playedwhen the PROG button is pushed) will berepeated.

RANDOM: Programs will be played at random,not following the sequence on the CD. Thesame program may be repeated twice.

When the CD is ejected, the play patternwill automatically change to no mark.

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed,it will be pulled back into the slot toprotect it.

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.


4-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Compact disc (CD) autochangeroperation (if so equipped)

CD magazine:

Insert the CD magazine into the changer withthe label side facing up.

Insert the CD magazine into the changer, as

illustrated. Close the sliding lid of the CDautochanger.

When ejecting the CD magazine, press theEJECT button located inside the CD

autochanger.

1. Disc loading

O Hold the disc with the label facing up.Load the disc as shown in the illustration.

O When the disc is properly set to the CDmagazine, the * marked area (white area)will be raised.

SIH0053SIH0036

SIH0057


4-18

Z 99.3.8/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Disc removal

O Pull the * marked area with your fingers topartially remove the disc from the maga-zine.

O Use your fingertips to grasp the edge ofthe disc. Remove the disc as shown in theillustration.

CAUTION

Do not touch the playing surface ofthe disc.

Do not use 8 cm discs. They maycause player damage even if usingwith the optional adapter.

PLAY:

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe CD loaded in the player and CDautochanger:

a) When the system is off, the system willturn on and the mode (CD player or CDautochanger) which was playing imme-diately before the system was turned offwill turn on.

b) When the CD player turns on, the CDplayer will automatically be turned offand the CD autochanger will turn on.

c) When the CD autochanger turns on, theCD autochanger will automatically beturned off and the CD player will turnon.

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe CD loaded only in the player:

a) When the system is off, the system willturn on and the CD player will turn on.

b) When the CD player turns on, the CDplayer will be turned off and the NODISC indicator will flash on the display.

c) When the NO DISC indicator is flashing

on the display, the display will go outand the CD player will turn on.

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded in onlythe CD autochanger, the system will turnon and the CD autochanger will turn on.

O When the CD/CHG button is pushed withno disc in either the player or CD au-tochanger, the NO DISC indicator will flashon the display.

When the CD/CHG button is pushed with theCD loaded in the player and/or CD au-tochanger but the tape or the radio playing,the tape or radio will automatically be turnedoff and the CD player or the CD autochangerwill turn on.

DISC change:

Use these buttons for selecting the compactdisc inserted into the CD magazine.


4-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

See earlier in this section for CD FF, REW,APS FF, APS REW or PROG (Program)operation.

STEERING SWITCH FOR AU-DIO CONTROL (Models withoutInfiniti Communicator)

The audio system can be operated using the

controls on the steering wheel.

Power switch

With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ONposition, push the power switch to turn theaudio system ON or OFF.

Mode select switchPush the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2,Tape, CD and (if so equipped) CD au-tochanger. When the tape or CD (in the playerand/or CD autochanger) is loaded, the modechanges to Tape, CD or CD autochanger.

SEEK/APS FF (Automatic Pro-gram Search Fast Forward)switchO When the switch is pushed with the radio

turned on, the frequency changes from lowto high and stops automatically at anotherbroadcasting station.

O When the switch is pushed with tape, CD

or (if so equipped) CD autochanger oper-ating, the next program will start to playfrom the beginning. Push the switch sev-eral times to skip through programs. Thetape, CD or CD autochanger will advancethe number of times the switch is pushed.

Volume control switchPush the upper side or lower side of theswitch to adjust the volume.

Upper side: Volume increases

Lower side: Volume decreases

ANTENNA

Power antennaThe antenna will automatically extend whenthe radio is turned on, and retract whenswitched off. If the radio is left on, the antennawill retract and extend with the ignition keyOFF-ON operation.SIH0054


4-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O Before turning the radio on, makesure that no one is near the an-tenna outlet and there is enoughspace for it to extend.

O To prevent damage, be sure thatantenna is fully retracted beforethe vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.

O Dirt and other foreign matter onthe power antenna rod may inter-rupt its operation. Clean the rodperiodically with a damp cloth.This type of cleaning is especiallyimportant during the winter sea-sons in areas where road salt andother chemicals may be spreadon road surfaces and splashed

onto the antenna rod.

O If equipped with the Infiniti Com-municator system, the power an-tenna may automatically extendand retract when the battery cableis connected after it has beendisconnected. This is normal anddoes not affect the performanceof the audio and Infiniti Commu-nicator systems.

CB RADIO OR CAR PHONEIf equipped with a genuine cellular phone,your INFINITI features a non-directional mi-crophone on the front interior light, so it is notnecessary to look at or speak directly into themicrophone when calling.To do so could detract from the drivingoperation and cause an accident.

See the manual for car phone operation.

Some models are pre-wired to accept thegenuine INFINITI cellular phone. In addition,the some models have the phone antenna builtinto the rear glass window.

When installing a CB radio or a car phone inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Multiport Fuel Injec-tion system and other electronic parts.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as pos-sible away from the ElectronicControl Unit (including radio).

O Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from the Mul-tiport Fuel Injection harness. Donot route the antenna wire next toany harness.


4-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

O Connect the ground wire from theradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult your INFINITIdealer.


4-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

5 STARTING AND DRIVING

Precautions when starting and driving ....... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)................. 5-2Three way catalyst....................................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover.................... 5-4Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving............. 5-4Ignition switch............................................. 5-5Automatic transmission............................... 5-5Key positions............................................... 5-6Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System ............ 5-6Before starting the engine........................... 5-7Starting the engine ...................................... 5-7Driving the vehicle....................................... 5-8Automatic transmission............................... 5-8Parking brake ............................................ 5-14Cruise control ............................................ 5-15Precautions on cruise control ................... 5-15Cruise control operations .......................... 5-15Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-17

Increasing fuel economy ........................... 5-17Parking/parking on hills ............................ 5-18Power steering .......................................... 5-19Active damper suspension(if so equipped)......................................... 5-19Brake system............................................. 5-20Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ................... 5-20Traction control system ............................ 5-22Cold weather driving ................................. 5-23Freeing a frozen door lock ........................ 5-23Anti-freeze.................................................. 5-23Battery ....................................................... 5-23Draining of coolant water.......................... 5-23Tire equipment .......................................... 5-23Special winter equipment .......................... 5-24Driving on snow or ice.............................. 5-24Engine block heater (if so equipped) ........ 5-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PRECAUTIONS WHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

WARNING

Do not leave children, unreliableadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or pos-sibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monox-ide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases. Theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected imme-diately.

O Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

O Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you mustdrive with the trunk lid open fol-low these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculationswitch OFF and the fan con-trol at high to circulate theair.

O If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must be routed to atrailer through the seal on thetrunk lid or the body, follow themanufacturer’s recommendationto prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

STARTING AND DRIVING

5-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O If a special body or other equip-ment is added for recreational orother usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle. (Some recreationalvehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc.may also generate carbon monox-ide.)

O The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-fied mechanic whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for ser-vice.

b. You suspect that exhaustfumes are entering into the

passenger compartment.

c. You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident in-volving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYST

The three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the three way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust

system are very hot. Keeppeople, animals or flammablematerials away from the exhaustpipe.

O Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline.Deposits from leaded gasolineseriously reduce the three waycatalyst ability to reduce exhaustpollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-


5-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine whilewarming it up.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision withother vehicles or objects, or cause thevehicle to rollover, particularly if theloss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counter

drugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” section of this manual, and also instructyour passengers to do so.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in thebloodstream reduces coordination,delays reaction time and impairsjudgement. Driving after drinking al-cohol increases the likelihood of be-ing involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, ifyou are injured in the accident, al-cohol can increase the severity ofthe injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. But, you


5-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impairedby alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.

IGNITION SWITCH

WARNING

Never remove the key while driving.If the key is removed, the steering

wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicleand could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

The key can only be removed when theignition switch is in this LOCK position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park),the key cannot be moved toward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,

SIS0007


5-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

the select lever cannot be moved from P(Park). The selector lever can be movedif the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal isdepressed.

To lock the steering wheel, remove thekey. To unlock the steering wheel, in-sert the key and turn it gently whilerotating the steering wheel slightlyright and left.

Emergency release lever

When the battery is discharged, the key maynot be released from the ignition switch evenif the selector lever is in P (Park). Proceed asfollows to remove the key:

1. Remove the instrument lower panel fromunder the steering column.

2. Push the emergency release lever forignition key release under the steeringcolumn.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK Normal parking position (0)

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed until

the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is notrunning.

ON Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBIL-ISER SYSTEMThe Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registered

SIS0008


5-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System key (forexample, when interference is caused byanother Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-mated payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobiliser System key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered InfinitiVehicle Immobiliser System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

BEFORE STARTING THE EN-GINEO Make sure the area around the vehicle is

clear.O Maintenance items listed here should be

checked periodically, e.g., each time youcheck engine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights areclean.

O Visually inspect tires for condition. Alsocheck tire pressure.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head restraints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) position.

STARTING THE ENGINE1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The selector lever cannot be moved outof P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key isturned to LOCK, OFF or ACC or if the keyis removed from the ignition switch.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe selector lever is in one of thedriving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when the en-gine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

— If the engine is very hard to startin extremely cold or hot weather, de-press the accelerator pedal and hold


5-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

it to help start the engine.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 10 seconds at a time. If theengine does not start, turn the keyoff and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especiallyin cold weather.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmission

control module to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this trans-mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

O After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before shifting the selectorlever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive), 2 or 1 position. Be sure the vehicleis fully stopped before attempting to shiftthe selector lever.

SIS0009


5-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

This automatic transmission is de-signed so that the foot brake pedalMUST be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any drive positionwhile the ignition switch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key isturned to the LOCK, OFF or ACC positionor if the key is removed from theignition switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the selector lever button to shift intoa driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

O If the selector lever cannot be

moved from the P (Park) positionwhile the engine is running andthe brake pedal is depressed, thestoplights may not work. Malfunc-tioning stoplights could cause anaccident injuring yourself andothers.

O Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive), 2 or 1. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control andhave an accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving.This could cause an accident.

O On slippery roads, do not down-shift. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brakes should be used forthis purpose.


5-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Shifting

Push the button to shift into P (Park), R(Reverse) or from D (Drive) to 2. All otherpositions can be selected without pushing thebutton. P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. For maxi-mum safety, depress the brake pedal, thenpush in the selector lever button and move thelever to the P (Park) position. Apply the parking

brake. When parking on a hill, apply the park-ing brake first, then selector the lever into theP (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped when se-lecting R (Reverse). With the brake pedal

SIS0010

SIS0011

SIS0012


5-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

depressed, push in the selector lever buttonand move the lever to the R (Reverse) posi-tion.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

2 (Second gear):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

Do not downshift into the 2 position at speedsover 62 MPH (100 km/h). Do not exceed 62MPH (100 km/h) in the 2 position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hills

slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

Do not shift into the 1 position at speeds over62 MPH (100 km/h). Do not exceed 25 MPH(40 km/h) in the 1 position.

Shift lock release

SIS0014


5-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

If the battery is discharged, the select levermay not be moved from the P (Park) positioneven with the brake pedal depressed and theselect lever button pushed.

To move the select lever, push the shift lockrelease button and select lever button. Theselect lever can be moved to N (Neutral). Thisallows the vehicle to be moved if the battery isdischarged.

To push the shift lock release button, followthe procedure as illustrated.

If there is any problem moving the lever out ofP (Park), have your INFINITI dealer check theautomatic transmission system as soon aspossible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while the

engine is running and the brakepedal is depressed, the stop lightsmay not work. Malfunctioning stoplights could cause an accident injur-ing yourself and others.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into second gear or firstgear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Overdrive switchType A:

Each time your vehicle is started, the trans-mission is automatically reset to overdriveON.

ON: For normal driving the overdriveswitch is engaged. The transmissionis upshifted into overdrive as thevehicle speed increases.

The overdrive does not engage until theengine has warmed up.

SIS0034


5-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

OFF: For driving up and down long slopeswhere engine braking would be ad-vantageous, push the overdriveswitch. The light illuminates.When cruising at a low speed orclimbing a gentle slope, you may feeluncomfortable shift shocks as thetransmission shifts between third andoverdrive repeatedly. In this case,press the overdrive switch. The

indicator light comes on at thistime.

When driving conditions change, press theoverdrive switch again. The indicatorlight goes out.

Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the lightilluminated. This reduces the fuel economy.

Type B:

ON: For normal driving, push the over-drive switch ON with the selectorlever in the D position. The transmis-sion is upshifted into overdrive as thevehicle speed increases.

The overdrive does not engage until theengine has warmed up.

OFF: For driving up and down long slopeswhere engine braking would be ad-vantageous, push the overdrive

switch OFF . The lightilluminates. When cruising at a lowspeed or climbing a gentle slope, youmay feel uncomfortable shift shocksas the transmission shifts betweenthird and overdrive repeatedly. In thiscase, set the overdrive switch in theOFF position. The indica-tor light will come on at this time.

When driving conditions change, reset theoverdrive switch in the ON position.

Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the overdriveswitch set in the OFF position. Thisreduces the fuel economy.

Fail-safeWhen the Fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, the

indicator light will blink for approxi-mately 8 seconds after coming on for 2seconds. While the vehicle can be driven

SIS0015


5-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

under these circumstances please note thatthe gears in the automatic transmission will belocked in third gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the Fail-safe system may be activated.This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, turn the ignition key OFF and waitfor 3 seconds. Then turn the key back tothe ON position. The vehicle shouldreturn to its normal operating condi-tion. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition have your INFINITIdealer check the transmission and re-pair if necessary.

PARKING BRAKE

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. Pull the release lever.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failureto do so can cause brake failureand lead to an accident.

O Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattendedin a vehicle. They could releasethe parking brake and cause anaccident.

ISD019M


5-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CRUISE CONTROLPRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROLO If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it will cancel automatically. The SET indi-cator light in the meter assembly will thenblink to warn the driver.

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may sometimesblink when the cruise control main switchis turned ON while pushing theRES/ACCEL, COAST/SET or CANCELswitch (located on the steering wheel). Toproperly set the cruise control system, per-form the steps above in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following condi-tions:

O it is not possible to keep thevehicle at set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow,ice, etc.)

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and result in an acci-dent.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-TIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 30 to 89 MPH (48 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The CRUISE indicator lightwill come on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the

SIS0036


5-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

COAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your footoff the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle willmaintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Move the selector lever to the N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator light will goout.

d) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RES/ACCEL or COAST/SETswitch and reset at the cruising speed, thecruise control will disengage. Turn themain switch off once and then turn it onagain.

O The cruise control will automatically can-cel if the vehicle slows down below ap-proximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

O Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

O Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCELset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

O Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

O Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The ve-hicle will resume the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 30 MPH (48km/h).


5-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

BREAK-IN SCHEDULEYour driving habits during the first 1,000 miles(1,600 km) of vehicle operation are importantto the future reliability and economy of yournew INFINITI. Listed below are driving recom-mendations that will allow proper break-in ofengine components. Driving the vehicle toohard during the break-in may result in vehicledamage or shortened engine life.

O Do not drive over 55 MPH (90 km/h) anddo not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

INCREASING FUELECONOMYO Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain

cruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

O Select a gear range suitable to road con-ditions.

O Avoid unnecessary prolonged engineidling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Improper tire pressure will increasewear and waste fuel.

O Make sure the front wheels are properly

aligned. Improper alignment will causepremature tire wear and lower fueleconomy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.


5-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PARKING/PARKING ONHILLS

WARNING

O Do not park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running

while the vehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattendedin the vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

WARNING

O Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed intoP (Park). Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unex-pectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the automatic trans-mission shift lever has beenpushed as far forward as it can goand cannot be moved without de-pressing the button at the end ofthe lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.

ISD001


5-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from thecenter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK” posi-tion and remove the key.

POWER STEERINGThe power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns or at lowspeeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be much harder to op-erate.

ACTIVE DAMPER SUSPEN-SION (if so equipped)The active damper suspension controls damp-ing force and restrains the movement of thevehicle body. It assures stable driving whenthe vehicle moves up and down on largerolling roads or when the vehicle rolls at

cornering with a high centrifugal force.

The damping force of the shock absorbers canbe adjusted to the level you desire. Set theswitch to the position you desire while theignition switch is ON.

Set the switch to the AUTO position for normaldriving. The damping force will automaticallyadjust according to the road surface anddriving conditions.

Set the switch to the SPORT position whenyou desire a firm feeling all the time.

In the event of an electrical system failure, asignal stored in the system’s computermemory is automatically sent to the activedamper suspension control unit and the ac-tuators. The shock absorbers now function asthey would on a vehicle not equipped with theactive damper suspension function. Contactan authorized INFINITI dealer for service.


5-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

BRAKE SYSTEMThe brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit develops a problem, youwill still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure on thebrake pedal will be required to stop the vehicleand the stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at

high speeds until the brakes function cor-rectly.

Parking brake bedding

The parking brake shoes must be “beddeddown” whenever the stopping effect of theparking brake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums are re-placed, in order to assure the best brakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the Vehicleservice manual and can be performed by yourINFINITI dealer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake linings and pads faster andreduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down

a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could resultin loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery sur-face, be careful when braking,accelerating or downshifting.Abrupt braking or acceleratingcould cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock when


5-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

braking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brake fluidpressure to prevent each wheel from locking.By preventing wheel lockup, the system helpsthe driver maintain steering control and helpsto minimize swerving and spinning on slip-pery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doingso may result in increased stoppingdistances.

Normal operationThe anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds will

vary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuator(under the hood) rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakesvery quickly). While the actuator is working,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from the actuatorunder the hood. This is normal and indicatesthat the anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

Self-test featureThe anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed inforward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,you may hear a clank noise and/or feel a

pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of any malfunction. Ifthe computer senses any malfunction, itswitches the anti-lock brake system OFF andturns on the ABS brake warning light in thedashboard. The brake system will then behavenormally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a so-phisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from care-less or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehiclecontrol during braking on slippery


5-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

surfaces, but remember that thestopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-locksystem. Stopping distances mayalso be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you areusing tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the respon-sibility for safety of yourself andothers rests in the hands of thedriver.

Tire type and condition of tires mayalso affect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

O When installing a spare tire,

make sure it is the proper sizeand type as specified on the tireplacard. See “Vehicle identifi-cation” in the “10. Technical andconsumer information” sectionfor tire placard location.

TRACTION CONTROL SYS-TEMOn slippery surfaces such as wet asphaltroads, vehicle wheels may spin when thevehicle is accelerated. This wheel spin re-duces acceleration, or causes the vehicle toswerve, thus decreasing vehicle stability.

When the vehicle drive wheels begin to spin,the traction control system controls the enginetorque using an electronic control system andit also controls automatic control shifting ifnecessary. This reduces spinning of the drivewheels, and results in improved vehicle ac-celeration performance. It also improves the

vehicle’s stability by preventing swerving mo-tion.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the tractioncontrol system, the SLIP and indi-cator lights come on in the meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled. Thevehicle will behaves like a model withoutthe traction control system.

WARNING

This system is designed to help pre-vent the wheels from spinning. How-ever, it does not prevent vehicleslipping or spinning due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Be especially careful


5-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

when driving on slippery surfacesand always drive safely.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

FREEING A FROZEN DOORLOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin through the key hole. If thelock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

Be careful not to damage the plastic part of thekey.

ANTI-FREEZE

When it is anticipated that the temperature willdrop below 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze(ethylene glycol base) to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see“Engine cooling system” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WA-TERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain valves located under the radiatorand on the engine block. Refill before operat-ing the vehicle. See “Engine cooling system”in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section for changingengine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design to

provide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of these

tires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your INFINITI dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of stud-ded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studdedsnow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions.


5-23

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sugges-tions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Use chaintensioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Never install tire chains on a T-type spare tire.Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

1. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windows andwiper blades.

2. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

3. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

4. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezingrain), very cold snow or ice canbe slick and very hard to drive on.

The vehicle will have a lot lesstraction or grip under these con-ditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

O Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drivewheels will lose even more trac-tion.

O Allow more stopping distance un-der these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than ondry pavement.

O Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on an


5-24

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

otherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while actually onthe ice, and avoid any suddensteering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipeand from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You canbe injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.


5-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

6 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

Roadside assistance program ..................... 6-2Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2Changing a flat tire...................................... 6-2Jump starting .............................................. 6-6Push starting ............................................... 6-9

If your vehicle overheats............................. 6-9Towing your vehicle .................................. 6-10Towing recommended by INFINITI ........... 6-11Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuckvehicle) ...................................................... 6-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAMEvery new INFINITI comes with a four year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.In the event of a roadside emergency, Road-side Assistance Service is available to you.Please refer to your Warranty Booklet fordetails. Both the Warranty Booklet and Road-side Assistance Calling Card in your Owner’sLiterature Portfolio provide the Toll-Free Num-ber to call for assistance. Roadside Assistanceis provided 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,for four years from the date sold to giveemergency roadside help, in the event ofmechanical or nonmechanical trouble(s) suchas flat tires, out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keysmechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the automatic trans-mission to P (Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance per-sonnel that you need help.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure that the parking brakeis securely applied and the auto-matic transmission is shifted intoP (Park).

O Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

O Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional road assis-tance.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please refer to your Warranty Booklet orRoadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-freenumber to call.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

6-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when itis jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and cause per-sonal injury.

Getting the spare tire and toolsJacking tools and spare tire are located insidethe trunk as illustrated.

If the spare tire clamp cannot be removedeasily, use the jack rod as shown.

SIE0002

SIE0015


6-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

Carefully read the caution label at-tached to the jack body and the follow-ing instructions.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack uppoint. Align the center of both the jackhead and the notch at the jack up point asshown. Also fit the notched portion of thevehicle in the groove of the jack head asshown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel

nut wrench. Do not remove the wheelnuts until the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehiclesecurely hold the jack with both hands asshown above. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

WARNING

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by the jack.

SIE0006

SIE0001


6-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Use only the jack provided withyour vehicle. Do not use the jackprovided with your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is de-signed only for lifting your vehicleduring a tire change.

O Use the correct jack up points;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

O Never use blocks on or under thejack.

O Do not start or run engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicles withlimited slip differential carriers.

O Do not allow passengers to stayin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

Installing the spare tire1. Clean mud or dirt from the surface be-

tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel

nuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-curely in the sequence as illustrated.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improp-erly tightened wheel nuts cancause the wheel to become looseor come off. This could cause anaccident.

O Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

O As soon as possible tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

SIE0032


6-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Wheel nut tightening torque:72 to 87 ft-lb(98 to 118 Nzm)

O Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe tire placard located on the frontface of the rear left wheel housinginside the vehicle.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been run for 600 miles(1,000 km) after installing an alumi-num wheel.

Stowing the damaged tire andtools

Securely store the damaged tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the sparetire and jacking equipment areproperly secured after use.

Such items can become danger-ous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

O The T-type spare tire and smallsize spare tire are designed foremergency use. See “Tires andwheels” in the “8. Do-it-yourself”section.

JUMP STARTINGTo start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or

SIE0016


6-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

death. It could also damage yourvehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the bat-tery. Keep all sparks and flamesaway from the battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothor painted surfaces. Battery fluidis a corrosive sulphuric acid so-lution which can cause severeburns. If the fluid should comeinto contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted areawith water.

O Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

O The booster battery must be ratedat 12 volts. Use of an improperly

rated battery can damage yourvehicle.

O Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump start-ing.

O Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could comeon at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please refer to your Warranty InformationBooklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card forthe toll-free number to call.

SIE0017


6-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions be-low. Failure to do so could result indamage to the charging system andcause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring theirbatteries into close proximity to eachother.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selectorlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (light, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated.

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) topositive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (for example, strutmounting bolt, etc. — not to thebattery).

O Make sure that cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your enginein the normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not engage the starter motor formore than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn thekey off and wait 3 to 4 secondsbefore trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.


6-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PUSH STARTING

CAUTION

O Automatic transmission modelscannot be push started. This maycause transmission damage.

O Three way catalyst equippedmodels should not be started bypushing since the three way cata-lyst may be damaged.

O Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towvehicle.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please refer to your Warranty Booklet orRoadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-freenumber to call.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATSIf your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radia-tor cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator cap isremoved, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Openall the windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engineat a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)until the temperature gauge indication re-turns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. Wait until no


6-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

steam or coolant can be seen before pro-ceeding.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent get-ting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the cooling fan belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or to get caught in, thecooling fan, or drive belt.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reser-voir tank if necessary. Have your vehiclerepaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.


TOWING YOUR VEHICLEWhen towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-cial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from yourINFINITI dealer. Local service operators willgenerally be familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, INFINITI recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator care-fully read the following precautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that isbeing towed.


6-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Never get under your vehicle afterit has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering sys-tem and power train are in work-ing condition. If any unit is dam-aged, dollies must be used.

O Always attach safety chains be-fore towing.


TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITIINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground as illustrated.

SIE0037


6-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

When towing with the front wheelson the ground: Turn the ignition keyto the OFF position and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-aheadposition with a rope or similar de-vice. Never place the ignition key inthe LOCK position. This will result indamage to the steering lockmechanism.

CAUTION

Never tow an automatic transmis-sion model from the rear (backward)with four wheels on the ground asthis may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

SIE0038

SIE0046


6-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Use the towing hooks only as illustrated,not other parts of the vehicle. Otherwise,the vehicle body will be damaged.

O Use the towing hooks only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle for a long distanceusing only the towing hooks.

O The towing hook is under tremendousforce when used to free a stuck vehicle.Always pull the cable straight out from thefront or rear of the vehicle. Never pull onthe hook at an angle.

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

WARNING

Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheat andbe damaged.


6-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

7 APPEARANCE AND CARE

Cleaning exterior.......................................... 7-2Washing....................................................... 7-2Waxing......................................................... 7-2Removing spots .......................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................... 7-3Glass............................................................ 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels ............................... 7-4Chrome parts............................................... 7-4Cleaning interior .......................................... 7-4

Floor mats ................................................... 7-4Seat belts..................................................... 7-5Rear sun shade ........................................... 7-5Corrosion protection.................................... 7-6Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion ..................................................... 7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ..................................................... 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion ...... 7-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CLEANING EXTERIORIn order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface.

O after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

O after driving on coastal roads

O when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

O when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paintsurface when putting on or removingthe body cover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap such as Nissan Car Wash, or a generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the vehicleagain with plenty of clean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong householdsoap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surface may be-come water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts.Care must be taken when remov-ing caked-on dirt or other foreignsubstances so that the paint sur-face is not scratched or damaged.

WAXINGIf you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax, because your

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INFINITI has been finished with the finest paintand hard clear coats. Your INFINITI dealer canassist you in choosing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleaners thatmay damage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compound or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products are

available at your INFINITI dealer or automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASS

When cleaning the rear window, it may beeasier to clean if the high-mounted stop lightis removed first.

Be careful when removing the high-mountedstop light to reduce the risk of damaging thehigh-mounted stop light wires.

SIA0006A

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The high-mounted stop light must be properlyreinstalled before driving your vehicle.

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of thewindow, do not use sharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleaners or chlorinebased disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the rear windowdefroster.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTS

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

CLEANING INTERIOROccasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyland leather surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry soft cloth. Before using anyfabric protector, read the manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. Some fabric protectors con-tain chemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

CAUTION

O Never use benzine, thinner, or

any similar material.

O The leather seats should be regu-larly coated with a leather waxlike saddle soap. Never use carwax.

O Never use fabric protectors un-less recommended by themanufacturer.

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior. No matter what matsare used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly posi-tioned in the footwell to prevent inter-ference with pedal operation. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessively worn.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Floor mat positioning aid (Driverside only)

This model includes a front floor mat bracketto act as a floor mat positioning aid. INFINITIfloor mats, specially designed for your ve-hicle, incorporate grommets. To install, sim-ply position the mat using the floor matbracket through the floor mat grommet holewhile centering the mat in the floor pancontour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach,dye, or chemical solvents sincethese may severely weaken the seatbelt webbing.

REAR SUN SHADE

Screen

To clean, fully extend the rear sun shadescreen and clean dust or dirt off using avacuum cleaner from the inside of the com-partment. See “Rear sun shade” in the “2.

Instruments and controls” section for rear sunshade operation.

CAUTION

Be careful not to damage the screenwhile cleaning.

CoverWipe the rear sun shade cover with a clean,dry cloth.

CAUTION

Never use benzine, thinner or anyother neutral detergent as this maydeform the cover.

SIA0011

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

1. The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stone chipsor minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where roadsalt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSIONO Wash your vehicle often to keep the

vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

O Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuumcleaner or broom.

O Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O See your INFINITI dealer forassistance.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult your local INFINITI dealer.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

8 DO-IT-YOURSELF

Maintenance precautions............................. 8-2Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-4Engine cooling system ................................ 8-5Checking engine coolant level ..................... 8-5Changing engine coolant............................. 8-6Engine oil..................................................... 8-7Checking engine oil level............................. 8-7Changing engine oil..................................... 8-8Changing engine oil filter .......................... 8-10Automatic transmission fluid .................... 8-10Temperature conditions for checking........ 8-10Power steering fluid .................................. 8-12Brake fluid ................................................. 8-13Window washer fluid................................. 8-13Battery ....................................................... 8-14Drive belts ................................................. 8-15Spark plugs ............................................... 8-16Replacing spark plugs............................... 8-16Air cleaner ................................................. 8-17

Windshield wiper blades ........................... 8-17Cleaning..................................................... 8-17Replacing................................................... 8-18Parking brake and brake pedal.................. 8-19Checking parking brake............................. 8-19Checking brake pedal ................................ 8-19Brake booster ............................................ 8-20Fuses ......................................................... 8-21Engine compartment ................................. 8-21Passenger compartment............................ 8-22Lights......................................................... 8-23Headlights.................................................. 8-24Exterior and interior lights ........................ 8-26Tires and wheels ....................................... 8-33Tire pressure ............................................. 8-33Types of tires ............................................ 8-34Tire chains................................................. 8-34Changing tires and wheels ........................ 8-35

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONSWhen performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to prevent thevehicle from moving. Move the se-lector lever to P (Park).

O Be sure the ignition key is OFF orLOCK when performing any partsreplacement or repairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with an

automatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition keyis in the OFF position and theengine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable beforeworking near the fan.

O If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

O It is advisable to remove necktieand any jewelry, such as rings,watches, etc. before working onyour vehicle.

O Always wear eye protectionwhenever you work on your ve-

hicle.

O If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases.

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If itis necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

O Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel andthe battery.

O The fuel filter or fuel lines shouldbe serviced by an INFINITI dealerbecause the fuel lines are underhigh pressure even when the en-gine is off.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn off theengine and wait until it coolsdown.

O Never connect or disconnect ei-ther the battery or any transistor-ized component connector whilethe ignition key is on.

O Never leave the engine or theautomatic transmission relatedcomponent harness connectordisconnected while the ignition ison.

O Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil. Improperly disposed

motor oil and/or other vehicle flu-ids can hurt the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for most owners to perform.More involved service should be done by yourINFINITI dealer.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, have it done byyour INFINITI dealer.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

SID0128

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMThe engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant,use only a genuine Nissan anti-freeze coolant or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedwater/distilled water. The use ofother types of coolant solutions maydamage your engine cooling system.

Outsidetemperature

down toAnti-

freeze

Demineral-ized water or

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator fillercap when the engine is hot. Seri-ous burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. Wait until the engineand radiator cool down. See “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in the “6.In case of emergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with apressure cap. Use only a genuinecap as a replacement.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level.If the reservoir tank is empty, check thecoolant level in the radiator when the en-gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant inthe radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up tothe filler opening and also add it to thereservoir tank up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system requires coolant

SID0059A

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

frequently, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOL-ANT

O Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by your INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

O To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the cool-ant when the engine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by high

pressure fluid escaping from theradiator.

1. Park the vehicle in the shade and set theair conditioner temperature control to themaximum hot temperature after turning theignition key to the ON position. Then turnthe ignition key to the OFF or LOCKposition.

2. Open the radiator filler cap and drain valveat the bottom of the radiator.

SID0060A

SID0061

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

3. Open the drain plugs on both sides of theengine cylinder block.

Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

4. Flush the cooling system by running freshwater through the radiator.

5. Close the radiator drain valve and cylinder

block drain plugs securely.

6. See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “10. Technical andconsumer information” section for coolingsystem capacity. Fill the radiator slowlywith the proper mixture of anti-freezesolution and demineralized water/distilledwater. Fill the coolant reservoir tank up tothe MAX level. Then install the radiatorfiller cap.

7. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine two or three timesunder no load. Watch the engine coolanttemperature gauge for signs of overheat-ing.

8. Stop the engine. After it completelycools down, refill the radiator up to theradiator filler cap opening. Fill the reser-voir tank up to the MAX level.

9. Check the drain valve and drain plugs forany sign of leakage.

ENGINE OILCHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15

SID0062SID0063

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regu-larly. Operating with insufficientamount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

5. Remove the oil filler cap.

SID0064

SID0065

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in “Engineoil” for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil will be hot.

Waste oil must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

7. Clean and re-install the drain plug andwasher. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.

8. Refill the engine with recommended oiland install the cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “10. Technical andconsumer information” section for drainand refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends onthe oil temperature and drain time. Usethese specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determine whenthe proper amount of oil is in the engine.

9. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

11.Dispose of waste oil in the proper manner.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FIL-TER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning itby hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengine oil will be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith clean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resis-tance is felt, then tighten additionally morethan 2/3 turn.

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-SION FLUID

WARNING

O When the engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing awayfrom any moving parts such ascooling fan, and drive belt.

O Automatic transmission fluid ispoisonous and should be storedcarefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING

O The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range on the dipstick after thefollowing conditions have been met:

a) The engine should be warmed up to

SID0066

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

operating temperature.

b) The vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

c) The automatic transmission fluidshould be warmed to between 122 and176°F (50 and 80°C).

O The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera-tures of 86 to 122°F (30 to 50°C) usingthe COLD range on the dipstick after theengine is warmed up and before driving.However, the fluid should be re-checkedusing the HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and setthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the selec-tor lever through each gear range. Movethe selector lever to P (Park) after you havemoved it through all ranges.

3. Check the fluid level with the engineidling.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean withlint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the charging pipeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading.

SID0161 SID0130

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add fluid to the charging pipe.

CAUTION

O Do Not Overfill.

O Use only Nissan Matic D (Conti-nental US and Alaska) or genuineautomatic transmission fluid(Canada). DexronTMIII/MerconTM

or equivalent may also be used.Outside the continental US andAlaska contact an INFINITI dealerfor more information regardingsuitable fluids, including recom-mended brand(s) of DexronTM III/MerconTM automatic transmissionfluid.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic inhot weather, or if it is being used to pulla trailer, an accurate fluid level cannotbe read. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

POWER STEERING FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on the dipstick at fluid temperatureof 122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C) or using theCOLD range on the dipstick at fluid tempera-ture of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

SID0131

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Recommended fluid is typeDEXRONTMIII or equivalent.

BRAKE FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add DOT 3 fluid up

to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be checked byyour INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, orcontaminated fluid may damage thebrake system. The use of improperfluids can damage the brake systemand affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on paintedsurfaces. This will damage thepaint. If fluid is spilled, wash withwater.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

SID0069A

SID0070

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

BATTERYO Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any

corrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (—)battery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery toflames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by batteryaction is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted sur-faces. After touching a battery orbattery cap, do not touch or rubyour eyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immedi-ately flush with water for at least15 minutes and seek medical at-tention.

O When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove alljewelry.

O Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the MAX. and MIN. lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs.

SID0114

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

2. Add distilled water up to the MAX. level.

3. Install the cell plugs.

Check if the indicator in each filler openingindicates OK (outer circle is blue and centercircle is red).

If it indicates ADD WATER (outer circle is redand center circle is white), add only distilledwater in each filler opening. Do not overfill.

If it indicates CHARGING NECESSARY (outercircle is white and center circle is red), thebattery needs to be charged.

WARNING

Do not overcharge and do not exposethe battery to flames or electricalsparks when charging.

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact your INFINITI dealer.

DRIVE BELTS

SID0115A

SID0071

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is OFF. Theengine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or loose, haveit replaced or adjusted by your INFINITIdealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for con-dition and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

SPARK PLUGSREPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule, but do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

If replacement is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct wrench toremove the plugs. An incorrectwrench can cause damage.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

IDI072M

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

AIR CLEANER

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See “Periodic maintenanceschedule” in the “9. Maintenance” section formaintenance intervals. When replacing thefilter, wipe the inside of the air cleanerhousing and the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner off can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine back-fires, you could be burned. Don’tdrive with it off, and be carefulworking on the engine with the aircleaner off.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the en-gine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.

WINDSHIELD WIPERBLADESCLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may beon the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

SID0072

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

REPLACING

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and the windshield wiper switchON. Turn the ignition switch OFF when thewiper is in the fully up position. The wiperwill stop as illustrated.

The wiper should be in the fully upposition to avoid scratching the enginehood or wiper arm. 2. Pull the wiper arm.

3. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

CAUTION

After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition.

Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

SID0121

IDI018M

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into thewasher nozzle. This may cause clog-ging or improper windshield washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle,remove it with a needle or small pin.

PARKING BRAKE ANDBRAKE PEDALCHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress the park-ing brake pedal slowly and firmly, and checkthe distance between the initial and finalposition of the pedal. If it is out of the rangeshown above, see your INFINITI dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

SID0036IDI070MA

IDI071MA

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

WARNING

See your INFINITI dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedalheight does not return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal and

does not affect the function or performance ofthe brake system.

The rear drum brakes (if so equipped) do nothave audible wear indicators. Should you everhear an unusually loud noise from the reardrum brakes, have them inspected as soon aspossible by your INFINITI dealer.

Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. For additional infor-mation, see “Periodic maintenance schedules”in the “9. Maintenance” section for mainte-nance intervals.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start the

engine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for 1 minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourINFINITI dealer.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

FUSES

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher amperagerating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,

check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.


3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse opens again, have theelectrical system checked and repaired byyour INFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine parts. Seeyour INFINITI dealer.

SID0132

SID0076

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the fuse box cover.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse opens again, have theelectrical system checked and repaired byyour INFINITI dealer.

SID0075

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0162

LIGHTS

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-23

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

HEADLIGHTS

SID0163

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-24

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Replacing the xenon headlightbulb

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anauthorized INFINITI dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halogen)bulb. A bulb can be replaced from inside the

engine compartment without removing theheadlight assembly.

CAUTION

O High pressure halogen gas issealed inside the bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

O Hold the plastic base when han-dling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

O Use the same number and watt-age as originally installed:

Wattage 55

Bulb no. H1

O Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long pe-riod of time as dust, moisture,

and smoke may enter the head-light body and affect the per-formance of the headlight.


2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.

3. Remove the air cleaner box for left sideheadlight bulb replacement or the batteryfor right side headlight bulb replacement.

4. Turn the bulb cover counterclockwise, thenremove it.

5. Push and turn the retaining pin to loosenit.

6. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shakeor rotate the bulb when removing it.

7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order ofremoval.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

necessary, contact your INFINITIdealer.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIORLIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.Front turn signal/parking/side markerlight 27/8 1157NA

Front fog light 55 H3Rear combination light

turn signal 21 7440stop/tail 21/5 7443tail 5 168

Back-up light 18 —License plate light 5 168Front personal light 8 —Rear personal light 8 —Vanity mirror light 1.4 —Step light 2.7 158Footwell light 3.4 158Trunk light 3.4 158High-mounted stop light 18 —

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-26

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E orF. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

SID0116

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-27

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0164

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-28

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0166

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-29

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0173

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-30

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0165

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-31

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SID0167

SID0117

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-32

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TIRES AND WHEELSIf you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Maximum inflation pressure

Do not exceed the maximum inflation pres-sures shown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressurePeriodically check the tire pressure (includingspare). Incorrect tire pressure may adversely

affect tire life and vehicle handling. Tire pres-sure should be checked when the tires areCOLD. Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). COLD tirepressures are shown on the tire placard lo-cated on the front face of the rear left wheelhousing inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle weight capacity isindicated on the tire placard. Donot load your vehicle beyond thiscapacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reduced tirelife, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, orunfavorable handling characteris-

tics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity may alsoresult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

O Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you have loaded yourvehicle heavily, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure that the tirepressure is at the specified level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (140 km/h) unless it isequipped with high speed capa-bility tires. Driving faster than 85MPH (140 km/h) may result in tirefailure, loss of control and pos-sible injury.

IDI002

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-33

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TYPES OF TIRES

CAUTION

When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (summer, all season or snow)and construction. Your INFINITIdealer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size,speed rating and availability. Re-placement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for use

all year around, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tire side-wall. Snow tires have better snow traction thanAll season tires and may be more appropriatein some areas.

Summer tiresSummer tire performance in snow and ice willbe substantially reduced. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofSNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and handlingof your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofSNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tire

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-34

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

chains, make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sugges-tions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Use chaintensioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Never install tire chains on T-type spare tires.Do not use the chains on dry roads.

CHANGING TIRES ANDWHEELS

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends that tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel nut tightening torque:72 to 87 ft-lb(98 to 118 Nzm)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, adjust thetire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts any timeafter the aluminum wheels havebeen run for the first 600 miles(1,000 km).

O Do not include the T-type sparetire or any other small size sparetire in the tire rotation.IDI069M

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-35

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be inspected peri-odically for wear, cracking, bulg-ing, or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging, or deep cuts are found,the tire should be replaced.

O The original tires have a built-intread wear indicator. When thewear indicator is visible, the tireshould be replaced.

O Improper service for a T-typespare tire may result in seriouspersonal injury. If it is necessaryto repair the T-type spare tire,contact your INFINITI dealer.

Replacing tires and wheelsWhen replacing a tire, use the same size andload carrying capacity as the original equip-ment tires. See “Specifications” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” sectionfor recommended types and sizes of tires andwheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, con-struction (bias, bias-belted or ra-dial), or tread patterns can ad-versely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, snowchain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim andbumper height. Some of theseeffects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personalinjury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a dif-

IDI004

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-36

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ferent offset could cause earlytire wear, possibly degraded ve-hicle handling characteristicsand/or interference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear. Refer to “Wheelsand tires” in the “Technical andconsumer information” sectionfor wheel’s offset dimensions.

O Do not install a deformed wheelor tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

O The use of retread tire is notrecommended.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the driving wheels onthe vehicle could lead to transmissiondamage.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (T-type spare tire)

Observe the following precautions if theT-type spare tire must be used, otherwise yourvehicle could be damaged or involved in anaccident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should beused only for emergency. Itshould be replaced by the stan-dard tire at the first opportunity.

O Drive carefully while the T-typespare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt brakingwhile driving.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-37

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O Periodically check the T-typespare tire inflation pressure, andalways keep it at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar).

O Do not drive your vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80km/h).

O Do not use tire chains on a T-typespare tire. Tire chains will not fitproperly on the T-type spare tireand may cause damage to thevehicle.

O When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, the T-type sparetire should be used on the frontand original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tirechains only on the rear two origi-nal tires.

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tirewill wear at a faster rate than theoriginal tire. Replace the T-typespare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

O Because the T-type spare tire issmaller than the original tire,ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle donot drive over obstacles. Also donot drive the vehicle through anautomatic car wash since it mayget caught.

O Do not use the T-type spare tireon other vehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-typespare tire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while theT-type spare tire is installed.

DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-38

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

9 MAINTENANCE

General maintenance ................................... 9-2Explanation of maintenance items .............. 9-3Periodic maintenance schedules ................. 9-5

Schedule 1................................................... 9-5Schedule 2................................................... 9-6Explanation of maintenance items ............ 9-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour INFINITI’s good mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They areessential if your vehicle is to continue tooperate properly. It is your responsibility to

perform these procedures regularly asprescribed.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, your INFINITI dealer.

Periodic maintenance:

The maintenance items listed in this part arerequired to be serviced at regular intervals.

However, under severe driving conditions,additional or more frequent maintenance willbe required.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by an autho-rized INFINITI dealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulle-tins, service tips, and in-dealership informa-

tion systems. They are completely qualified towork on INFINITI vehicles before work be-gins.

You can be confident that your INFINITI deal-er’s service department performs the best jobto meet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economic way.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEDuring the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrationsor smell, be sure to check for the cause orhave your INFINITI dealer do it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your INFINITIdealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “Maintenance precautions” in the“8. Do-it-yourself” section.

MAINTENANCE

9-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

EXPLANATION OF MAINTE-NANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8.Do-it-yourself” section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeperiodically when at a service station, includ-ing the spare, and adjust to the specifiedpressure if necessary. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.

Wheel nuts*: When checking the tires, makesure no nuts are missing, and check for anyloose nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel alignment and balance: If the

vehicle pulls to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operate properly.Also ensure that all latches lock securely.Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary.Make sure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch isreleased.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Lights*: Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes are oper-ating properly.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operating theheater or air conditioner.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in the

MAINTENANCE

9-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

steering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly andthat the locks (if so equipped) hold securely inall latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (For example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mats away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure it has the properdistance under it when depressed fully. Checkthe brake booster function. Be sure to keep thefloor mats away from the pedal.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and confirm that your vehicle isheld securely on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied.

Automatic transmission P (Park)mechanism: On a fairly steep hill check thatyour vehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (For example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the tank.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, dete-rioration or loose connections.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot and turningoff the engine. (Wait a few minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.)

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold and the

MAINTENANCE

9-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

engine is turned off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Automatic transmission fluid level*:Check the level after putting the selector leverin P (Park) with the engine idling.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately locatethe trouble and correct it. See “Precautionswhen starting and driving” in the “5. Startingand driving” section for exhaust gas (Carbonmonoxide).

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these substances,otherwise rust will form on the floor pan,frame, fuel lines and around the exhaustsystem. At the end of winter, the underbodyshould be thoroughly flushed with plain water,

being careful to clean those areas where mudand dirt may accumulate. For additional infor-mation, see “Cleaning exterior” in the “7.Appearance and care” section.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause andhave it corrected immediately.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCESCHEDULESTo ensure smooth, trouble-free, safe andeconomical driving, INFINITI provides twodifferent maintenance schedules that may beused, depending upon the conditions in whichyou usually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to 60,000miles (96,000 km)/48 months. For mostpeople, the odometer reading will indicate

when service is needed. However, if you drivevery little, your vehicle should be serviced atthe regular time intervals shown in the sched-ule. After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or48 months, continue periodic mainte-nance at the same mileage/time inter-vals.

SCHEDULE 1

Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 1 ifyour driving habits frequently include one ormore of the following driving conditions:

O repeated short trips of less than 5miles (8 km).

O repeated short trips of less than 10miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

O operating in hot weather in stop-and-go rush hour traffic.

O extensive idling and/or low speeddriving for long distances, such as

MAINTENANCE

9-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

police, taxi or door-to-door deliveryuse.

O driving in dusty conditions.

O driving on rough, muddy, or saltspread roads.

O towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

SCHEDULE 2

Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 2 ifnone of the driving conditions shown inSchedule 1 apply to your driving habits.

MAINTENANCE

9-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Schedule 1Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: Perform service at the mileage intervals only

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.5 26.25 30 33.75 37.5 41.25 45 48.75 52.5 56.25 60(km x 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEEngine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R REngine oil filter (Use Part No. 15208-31U00 or equivalent) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RAir cleaner filter See NOTE (1) [R] [R]EVAP Vapor lines I* I*Fuel lines I* I*Drive belts See NOTE (2) I*Engine coolant See NOTE (3) R*Spark plugs (PLATINUM-TIPPED type) [R]Fuel filter See NOTE (4)*

NOTE: (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months.(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(4) If vehicle is operated under extremely adverse weather conditions or in areas where ambient temperatures are either extremely low or extremely high, the filters

might become clogged. In such an event, replace them immediately.* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order

to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

MAINTENANCE

9-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Schedule 1Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.


Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000 3.75 7.5 11.25 15 18.75 22.5 26.25 30 33.75 37.5 41.25 45 48.75 52.5 56.25 60

(km x 1,000) (6) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (42) (48) (54) (60) (66) (72) (78) (84) (90) (96)

Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE

Brake pads & rotors I I I I I I I I

Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts I I I I I I I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I

Ventilation air filter I R I R I R I R

Brake lines & cables I I I I

Automatic transmission fluid & differentialgear oil See NOTE (1) I I I I

Supplemental air bag and supplemental sideair bag systems See NOTE (2)

NOTE: (1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every 30,000miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.

(2) Inspect the supplemental air bag and supplemental side air bag systems 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label.

MAINTENANCE

9-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Schedule 2Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. [ ]: Perform service at the mileage intervals only


Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

(km x 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter (Use Part No. 15208-31U00 or equivalent) R R R R R R R R

Air cleaner filter [R] [R]

EVAP Vapor lines I* I*

Fuel lines I* I*

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I*

Engine coolant See NOTE (2) R*

Spark plugs (PLATINUM-TIPPED Type) [R]

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)*

NOTE: (1) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months.(2) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.(3) If vehicle is operated under extremely adverse weather conditions or in areas where ambient temperatures are either extremely low or extremely high, the filters

might become clogged. In such an event, replace them immediately.* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order

to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

MAINTENANCE

9-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Schedule 2Abbreviations: R = Replace I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.


Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

(km x 1,000) (12) (24) (36) (48) (60) (72) (84) (96)

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE

Brake lines & cables I I I I

Brake pads & rotors I I I I

Automatic transmission fluid & differential gear oil I I I I

Ventilation air filter R R R R

Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts I I

Exhaust system I I

Supplemental air bag and supplemental side air bagsystems

See NOTE (1)

NOTE: (1) Inspect the supplemental air bag and supplemental side air bag systems 10 years after the date of manufacture noted on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label.

MAINTENANCE

9-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

EXPLANATION OF MAINTE-NANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8.Do-it-yourself” section.

Emission control system mainte-nanceDrive belts*: Check drive belts for wear,fraying or cracking and also for proper ten-sion. Replace the drive belts if found dam-aged.

Air cleaner filter: Under normal drivingconditions, the air cleaner filter should bereplaced in accordance with the maintenanceschedule. However, driving the vehicle industy areas may cause more rapid clogging ofthe element. Consequently, the element mayhave to be replaced more frequently.

Vapor lines: Check vapor lines and connec-tions for failure or looseness. If leaks arefound, replace them.

Fuel lines: Check the fuel hoses, piping andconnections for leaks, looseness or deteriora-tion. Replace any parts if they are damaged.

Fuel filter: If the vehicle is operated underextremely adverse weather conditions or inareas where ambient temperatures are eitherextremely low or extremely high, the filtermight become clogged. In such an event,replace the filter immediately.

Engine coolant*: Drain and flush the cool-ing system.

Engine oil & oil filter*: Under normaldriving conditions, the engine oil and oil filtershould be replaced in accordance with themaintenance schedule. However, under severedriving conditions, they may have to bereplaced more frequently.

Spark plugs*: Replace with new plugshaving the correct heat range.

Chassis and body maintenance

Brake lines & cables: Check the brakelines and hoses (including brake boostervacuum hoses, connections & check valve)and parking brake cables for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, chafing, abrasion, dete-rioration, etc.

Brake pads & rotors: Check these and theother neighboring brake components for wear,deterioration and leaks. Under severe drivingconditions, they may have to be inspectedmore frequently.

Automatic transmission fluid & differ-ential gear oil*: Check the fluid level andvisually inspect for signs of leakage.

Under severe driving conditions, the fluid oroil should be replaced at the specified interval.

Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspen-sion parts: Check for damage, looseness andleakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving

MAINTENANCE

9-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

conditions, more frequent inspection shouldbe performed.

Exhaust system: Visually check the exhaustpipes, muffler, and hangers for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, chafing, abrasion, dete-rioration, etc. Under severe driving conditions,inspection should be performed more fre-quently.

Ventilation air filter: Under normal condi-tions, the ventilation air filter should bereplaced in accordance with the maintenanceschedule. However, in some situations, the airfilter may clog more rapidly (depending on theair conditioner’s working environment). If thishappens, the air flow may decrease, or thewindows may fog up easily when the airconditioner is in use, the air filter should bereplaced immediately at your INFINITI dealer.

Supplemental air bag and supplemen-tal side air bag systems: Maintenance forthe supplemental air bags or supplemental

side air bags should be done by an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

MAINTENANCE

9-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

10 TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

Major systems and how they work........... 10-2Infiniti VH41DE engine with electronicconcentrated engine control system ......... 10-2On board diagnostic system ..................... 10-6Electronically controlled 4-speed automatictransmission .............................................. 10-7Active damper suspension (if soequipped)................................................... 10-9Anti-lock brake/traction controlsystem ..................................................... 10-11Automatic air conditioner ........................ 10-13Supplemental restraint system................ 10-14Paint ........................................................ 10-17Hard clear coat (New cross linking clearcoat) ........................................................ 10-17Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants .......................................... 10-18Fuel recommendation .............................. 10-19

Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation...................................... 10-21Recommended SAE viscosity number .... 10-23Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations..................... 10-24Specifications .......................................... 10-25Engine...................................................... 10-25Tires and wheels ..................................... 10-26Dimensions and weights ......................... 10-27When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ....................................... 10-27Vehicle identification................................ 10-28Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate......................................................... 10-28Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber)................................................... 10-28Engine serial number .............................. 10-29F.M.V.S.S. certification label ................... 10-29Emission control information label ......... 10-29

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Tire placard.............................................. 10-30Air conditioner specification label ........... 10-30Installing front license plate .................... 10-31Vehicle loading information..................... 10-32Terms ...................................................... 10-32Determining vehicle load capacity........... 10-33Loading tips............................................. 10-33Towing a trailer ....................................... 10-34

Maximum load limits............................... 10-34Towing safety .......................................... 10-35Uniform tire quality grading .................... 10-38Emission control system warranty.......... 10-39Reporting safety defects (US only) ......... 10-39Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .......................................... 10-40

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

MAJOR SYSTEMS AND HOWTHEY WORKThe common theme that applies to almost allof the automotive systems described in thissection is electronic controls. Because of theirspeed, precision and reliability, electroniccomponents are used wherever possible toincrease the efficiency and driveability of yourINFINITI.

The typical control system employs sensors,which collect information about operatingconditions and driver demand and send it,usually in the form of an electrical voltagesignal, to an engine control module, which isa small, on board computer. The enginecontrol module monitors the information pro-vided by the sensors, calculates the optimumor best control, and makes it happen throughsignals to electrical actuators in the engine ortransmission or brake system—wherever thecontrol must take place. The results can seemmiraculous.

INFINITI VH41DE ENGINEWITH ELECTRONIC CONCEN-TRATED ENGINE CONTROLSYSTEMSUMMARY

The magic of the engine control system is thatit coordinates the functions and control ofair-fuel mixture, ignition timing, exhaust gasrecirculation, and idle speed by the operationof a high-speed computer. The preciselycoordinated control of all of these functionsallows the engine to operate more efficientlyand emission free than would have beenpossible under earlier technologies.

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

10-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SIT0087


10-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

To get the most from an engine—in the wayof performance, smooth driveability, economyand control of harmful emissions—a numberof decisive factors must be controlled asprecisely as possible under all driving condi-tions. These factors include the following:

O the timing and overlap of the intake andexhaust valves in relation to the position ofthe pistons in the engine.

O the mixture of air and fuel that enters theengine cylinders during each intake strokeof the pistons.

O the timing of the spark that ignites thepressurized charge of air and fuel near theend of the compression stroke of thepistons.

O the temperature of the combustion thatoccurs in the cylinders, especially underload.

O engine idle speed under all conditions.

The engine in your INFINITI has degrees ofprecision in the automatic control of thesefactors that, only a few years ago, were notthought possible by any known technology.Such a high performance engine must operatesmoothly and efficiently at all speeds. And itmust do so with a minimum of fuel consump-tion and a minimum of emissions into theenvironment.

Mixture controlA gasoline engine requires a relatively richmixture of fuel to air during idle, a leanmixture for mid-range and cruise conditions,and a richer mixture for high load, high RPMoperation. The changes in amount of fueldelivered to the engine must occur smoothly,sometimes in response to sudden changes indemand from the driver. The INFINITI enginecontrol system can give the engine preciselythe amount of fuel required for each condition,according to a precise measurement of theamount of air that is allowed into the engine

either through automatic devices provided foridle control or in response to your footpressure on the vehicle throttle.

All of the atmospheric air that is drawn intothe engine is measured by a mass air flowsensor.

This type of mass air flow sensor can respondvery quickly to changes in intake air quantityand density, which means as you step on thethrottle of your INFINITI to move into freewaytraffic, a voltage signal is sent to the ECM(Engine Control Module) instantly, and theECM responds just as quickly to provide morefuel by allowing the port fuel injectors to stayopen precise milliseconds longer. The resultis smooth acceleration, without stumble orhesitation.


10-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

Your INFINITI engine uses a separate fuelinjector for each cylinder. These are placedinto the intake ports, so that they can sprayatomized fuel under pressure into the intakeair stream. These injectors are controlledsequentially, which means that they operate ineach cylinder according to the firing order.Each injector opens to spray its carefullymetered amount of fuel just before the intakevalve of the cylinder opens.

Constant pressure:

Fuel injector operation depends upon a supplyof fuel that is always maintained at a constantpressure in relation to the pressure in theengine intake manifold. Under pressure, thefuel travels through the line, through a largeand efficient fuel filter mounted under thehood, and into a fuel rail which feeds theinjectors. Fuel flows into the bases of the

injectors, where it is available to flow out ofthe injector nozzles and into the intake portswhen the injectors are opened electrically bysignals from the ECM.

By allowing more or less fuel to return to thetank, the fuel pressure regulator maintains thepressure at the injectors at the specified valueabove manifold pressure.

That allows the ECM to adjust the flow of fuelinto the engine simply by controlling theamount of time the injectors stay open. Thelonger the injectors are held open, in milli-seconds, the more fuel flow.

Ignition timing controlFor best efficiency, ignition timing must bedynamic, that is it must change dependingupon the engine operating conditions. It mustrespond to engine load, RPM changes, enginetemperature changes, altitude, and so on. Forprecisely correct, automatic, adjustments inignition timing to take place, the ECM must

have sensors that tell about such conditions.The most important of these is the camshaftposition sensor. The camshaft position sensortells the ECM the engine speed and thepositions of the pistons under all conditions.

Control of combustion tempera-tureOxides of nitrogen, in a number of chemicalvariations, are among the major componentsof photochemical air pollution. These nitrogenoxide compounds are formed in the enginewhen the combustion temperatures are higherthan about 2,000°F (1,093°C). One way todecrease nitrogen oxide formation in theengine, then, is to cool the temperature ofcombustion slightly. This is done by allowinga small amount of burned, and therefore inert,exhaust gases to recirculate back into theengine intake manifold where they can bedrawn into the cylinders.


10-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Idle air control system

The idle speed of an engine may be affectedby a number of conditions. For example, acold engine is inclined to run sluggishly atidle as well as under load. Such accessoriesas air conditioning and power steering mayload the engine during idle and bring the idlespeed down. Accessories that draw a largeamount of current from the alternator, such asheadlamps, window defoggers, cooling fans,etc., increase the load on the engine. So, toprovide smooth idle under all conditions, andto provide the best overall fuel economy, theengine control system gives computer con-trolled, automatic idle speed control. Usingthe information provided by the sensors, theECM calculates the best idle speed and bringsit about through the IACV-AAC valve, whichallows more, or less, air into the intakemanifold. Because the air is measured by themass air flow sensor, the injectors alwaysfollow along with the correct pulse duration,

so the mixture is always correct.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYS-TEM

The ECM has an on board diagnostic systemfunction, which monitors the engine andautomatic transmission related circuits/components for problems. If the ECM sensesa problem, it stores the information for re-trieval by an experienced INFINITI technicianat your dealership. So diagnosis and repair,even of this sophisticated system, may bemade easier and more accurate.


10-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED 4-SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

SIT0037B


10-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The function of an automotive transmission, isto provide a means of matching engine speedand vehicle speed in such a way that theengine is kept in the most efficient RPM rangeat all times.

Hydraulic controlIn your INFINITI transmission, hydraulic flowand pressure are under the control of theTransmission Control Module (TCM) whichuses information from a number of sensors tocalculate the most efficient gear ratio. TheTransmission Control Module (TCM) selectsthe proper gear, it directs fluid to actuate theappropriate clutches, it controls fluid pressureprecisely to allow smooth, shock-free shifts,and it controls the timing of torque converterlock-up.

Automatic transmission controlfunctions:

Using the information provided by the sen-sors, the Transmission Control Module (TCM)

calculates the best possible operation of thetransmission for any condition by controllingthe following functions:

O shift timing.

O lock-up timing.

O engine brake operation timing.

Self diagnosis:

Any electrical malfunction in the system willbe sensed by the Transmission Control Mod-ule (TCM), which stores the information inmemory.


10-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SIT0084

ACTIVE DAMPER SUSPENSION (if soequipped)


10-9

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

The active damper suspension controls damp-ing force and restrains the movement of thevehicle body. It assures stable driving whenthe vehicle moves up and down on largerolling roads or when the vehicle rolls atcornering with a high centrifugal force.

The damping force of the shock absorbers canbe adjusted to the level you desire. Set theswitch to the position you desire while theignition switch is ON.

Set the switch to the AUTO position for normaldriving. The damping force will automaticallyadjust according to the road surface anddriving conditions.

Set the switch to the SPORT position whenyou desire a firm feeling all the time.

The active damper suspension monitors ve-hicle body movement with a vertical G sensor.Shock absorber damping force is then ad-justed in immediate response to this move-ment.

Vertical G sensors are installed at the front leftside, the rear left side, and the rear right side.These sensors measure acceleration. Thesteering angle sensor measures the steeringangle and the steering angle speed. Signalsfrom these sensors are sent to the activedamper suspension control unit.

Sensor signals and vehicle speed signalsreceived by the active damper suspensioncontrol unit are instantaneously computed.Instruction data based on the received signalsis then sent to the actuators (stepping motors)above each shock absorber. The actuatorsimmediately operate to adjust shock absorberdamping force.

For example, the high lateral G-forces gener-ated during cornering or lane changes nor-mally result in vehicle body roll. However, ona vehicle equipped with an active dampersuspension, this roll is reduced. The dampingforce of the shock absorbers on the side of thevehicle toward which the roll occurs is instan-

taneously adjusted (increased) to minimizethis roll. This also occurs during vehicleacceleration or hard braking. During accelera-tion, rear shock absorber damping force in-creases to minimize the front of the vehiclefrom rising (nose up). During braking, frontshock absorber damping force increases tominimize the front of the vehicle from dipping(nose down).

System malfunctionIn the event of an electrical system failure, asignal stored in the system’s computermemory is automatically sent to the activedamper suspension control unit and the ac-tuators. The shock absorbers now function asthey would on a vehicle not equipped with theactive damper suspension function. Contactan authorized INFINITI dealer for service.


10-10

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE/TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

SIT0038


10-11

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Anti-lock brake:

In sudden braking and on wet surfaces, thewheels are more easily locked. If the frontwheels lock, steering control may be difficult.

If the rear wheels lock, swerving or spinningof the vehicle may result. To reduce thispossibility, short and quick pumping of thebrakes is needed, but this technique can bedifficult for some drivers, especially in anemergency. The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)can perform this pumping action quickly andis automatic when the driver depresses thebrake pedal firmly. Since the braking force iscontrolled delicately by electronic control,wheel lock-up is minimized, and steeringoperation remains normal.

Brake pedal kickback remains minimal, andsmooth pedal feel is ensured even when theABS is operating.

Traction control system:

The ABS/Traction Control System (TCS) con-trol unit detects conditions of driving wheelslippage by using the wheel speed signalssent from the 4 wheels. When slipping isexcessive, the traction control system cuts fuelto the engine to reduce slipping and it alsocontrols automatic transmission shifting ifnecessary. The system controls throttle open-ings so that optimum engine torque can beobtained in accordance with the driver’s ac-celeration requirements. This system helps tomake the vehicle easier to drive by reducingwheel spin when starting or accelerating inslippery conditions (for example, on wetsnow-covered surfaces).

System malfunctionAnti-lock brake:

If the ABS/TCS control unit detects a malfunc-tion in any of the ABS system electricalcircuits, it will de-activate the anti-lock func-

tion by cutting electrical power to the ABSactuator. The braking system will then work asusual, without the anti-lock function.

If the control unit stops the ABS systemoperation, the ABS warning lamp will glow.This will aid your INFINITI dealership techni-cian in diagnosis of the problem.

Traction control system:

If the ABS/TCS control unit detects a malfunc-tion in any of the TCS system electricalcircuits, it will de-activate the TCS function bycutting electrical power to the throttle actuatorcontrol module. The system will then work asusual, without the TCS function.

If the control unit stops the TCS systemoperation, the indicator andindicator will glow. This will aid your INFINITIdealership technician in diagnosis of theproblem.


10-12

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDI-TIONERFor precision control over the interior climateof your INFINITI, there is a fully automatic airconditioning system. The system uses sen-sors, a control unit or auto amplifier, andactuators to provide the most comfortabletemperature, humidity and air flow inside thevehicle. The auto amplifier also has a selfdiagnosis feature to recognize any systemcircuit malfunction and aid your INFINITIdealership technician in a quick, accuraterepair if it becomes necessary.

The auto amplifier receives information fromthe control panel (used to select the interiorclimate) and from sensors placed in strategiclocations in the vehicle. Once you havesignaled a target temperature at the controlpanel, the auto amplifier uses informationfrom the sensors to calculate what must bedone.

SIT0064


10-13

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

Supplemental air bag andsupplemental side air bag sys-temsSupplemental air bags are designed to inflatein certain types of frontal collisions, andsupplemental side air bag is designed toinflate in certain types of side collisions.

Supplemental air bags help cushion the im-pact force to the front occupants’ face andchest in certain types of frontal collisions inconjunction with the seat belts.

Supplemental side air bags help cushion theimpact force to the front occupants’ head andchest area in certain types of side collisions.

When supplemental air bags receive a signalfrom the diagnosis sensor unit for certaintypes of frontal collisions, the supplementalair bags inside the supplemental air bagmodules fill with gas, inflating instantly.

When supplemental side air bags receivesignals from the satellite sensor in the lowercenter pillar and the diagnosis sensor unit forcertain types of side collisions, the supple-mental side air bag inside the supplementalside air bag module fills with gas, inflatinginstantly.

The collision mode under which inflationoccurs is different for the supplemental air bagand the supplemental side air bag. For ex-ample, even if the supplemental air bagactivates, the supplemental side air bag mightnot activate.

In addition, in left side collisions, only the leftsupplemental side air bag is designed toinflate and in right side collisions, only theright supplemental side air bag is designed toinflate.


10-14

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SIT0085


10-15

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Pre-tensioner seat belt systemThe front seat belt pre-tensioner, working withthe retractor, helps tighten the seat belt whenthe vehicle is involved in certain types ofcollisions, thus helping to restrain the occu-pants on the front seats. This, in conjunctionwith the supplemental air bag systems, re-duces impact forces to the occupants in acollision.When the pre-tensioner receives a signal atthe time of a collision, gas inside the pre-tensioner expands, thereby rotating the rotatorto operate the retractor. The pre-tensionerswill not usually operate when the vehicle isinvolved in side or rear-end collisions.

SIT0070


10-16

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

PAINTHARD CLEAR COAT(New cross linking clear coat)

Your INFINITI paint coating has been appliedwith the finest appearance and best durabilityin mind:O To ensure enhanced appearance, (solid,

pearl and metallic paint clearness), thehard clear coat (2-coat/1-bake, or3-coat/2-bake type) is used instead of theconventional clear coat (acrylic resin).

O Improved scratch resistance—The hard clear coat has higher resistanceagainst scratches which may be caused bycar wash equipment than the conventionalcoats.

O Refinishing the clear coat should only bedone using hard clear type materials, toensure compatibility in the rate of refin-isher gloss retention.

ITI047-A


10-17

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTSThe following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow theprocedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 21-1/8 gal 17-5/8 gal 80 Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1

Engine oil (Drain and refill)*6 O API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving II or API grade SJ, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-II*2, *3

With oil filter change 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt 5.3

Without oil filter change 5-1/4 qt 4-3/8 qt 5.0

Cooling system

With reservoir 12-3/8 qt 10-1/4 qt 11.7Genuine Nissan Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent

Reservoir 3/4 qt 5/8 qt 0.7

Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5*3

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section

Nissan Matic D (Continental US and Alaska) or Genuine Automatic Transmission Fluid(Canada).*5

Power steering fluid Type DEXRONTMIII or equivalent

Brake fluid Genuine Nissan Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)

Air conditioning system lubricants Nissan A/C System OilType S or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this section for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this section for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Available in mainland US through your INFINITI dealer.*5: DexronTM III/MerconTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental US and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including

recommended brand(s) of DexronTM III/MerconTM automatic transmission fluid.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.


10-18

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONIn order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration

CAUTION

Use unleaded fuel only. Under nocircumstances should leaded gaso-line be used. It will damage yourthree way catalyst and increase dan-gerous emissions from your vehicleexhaust.

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect warranty coverage.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage ofsuch fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

O The fuel should be unleaded andhave an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygen-


10-19

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ate. (MTBE may, however, be addedup to 15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuelor a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygen-ates can cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of anyfuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent or similaringredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tipsIn most parts of North America, you shoulduse unleaded gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number. However, you may use unleadedgasoline with an octane rating as low as 85AKI number in these high altitude areas [over4,000 ft (1,219 m)] such as: Colorado, Mon-tana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, northeast-

ern Nevada, southern Idaho, western SouthDakota, western Nebraska, and that part ofTexas which is directly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an oc-tane rating lower than stated above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to en-gine damage. If you detect a persistentheavy spark knock even when usinggasoline of the stated octane rating, orif you hear steady spark knock whileholding a steady speed on level roads,have your dealer correct the condition.Failure to correct the condition is mis-use of the vehicle, for which INFINITI isnot responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked at


10-20

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

an INFINITI dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality,and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory enginelife and performance. Nissan recommends theuse of a low friction oil (energy conserving

oil) in order to improve fuel economy andconserve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification mark onthe front of the container should be used. This

SIT0025


10-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

type of oil supersedes the existing API SG, SHor SJ and Energy Conserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SG/SH,Energy Conserving II or API grade SJ, EnergyConserving oil. An oil with a single designa-tion SG, SH, SJ or in combination with othercategories (for example, SG/CC or SG/CD)may also be used if one with the APIcertification mark cannot be found. An ILSACgrade GF-II oil can also be used.

Mineral based or synthetic type oils may beused in your INFINITI vehicle. These oils musthowever, meet the API quality and SAE vis-cosity ratings specified for your vehicle. Donot mix mineral based and synthetic type oilsin the engine at the same time.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used

and maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which thevehicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The chart of recommended SAE vis-cosity number shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other thanthat recommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine Nissan oil filter. When replac-ing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalentfor the reason described in change intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended couldreduce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle.Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.


10-22

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

O driving in dusty conditions,

O extensive idling,

O towing a trailer.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOS-ITY NUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for

all temperatures. SAE 10W-30 viscosityoil may be used if the ambient tempera-ture is above 0°F (−18°C).

SIT0002A


10-23

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

For differential gear oil, 80W-90 ispreferable for ambient temperaturesbelow 104°F (40°C).

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRI-CANT RECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refrig-erant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubri-cant, Nissan A/C system oil Type S orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTION

Use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage andyou will need to replace your vehi-cle’s entire air conditioning system.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotive

air conditioning system service. Your INFINITIdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact your INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.

ITI002M


10-24

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINEModel VH41DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 8-cylinder, V-slanted at 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm) 3.661 3 2.992 (93.0 3 76.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 252.01 (4,130)

Firing order* 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2*

Idle speed rpmSee the emission control in-formation label on the under-side of the hood.

Ignition timing (BTDC) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idle speed [No air]

Spark plug

Standard PFR5G-11

Hot type PFR4G-11

Cold type PFR6G-11

Camshaft operation Timing chain

Alternator belt size

Width 3 Length in (mm) 0.839 3 29.53(21.3 3 750)

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regu-lations.

ITI003M


10-25

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TIRES AND WHEELS

ConventionalSpare(T-type)

Road wheel Aluminum 16 x 7JJ 17 x 7.5JJ* —

Steel — — 16 x 4T

Offsetin (mm)

1.57 (40) 1.18 (30) 1.18 (30)

Tire sizeP215/60R1694V

P225/50R1793V*

T135/90D16

*: Option


10-26

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Sedan

Overall length in (mm) 199.2 (5,060)

Overall width in (mm) 71.7 (1,820)

Overall height in (mm) 56.9 (1,445)

Front tread in (mm)60.6 (1,540),61.4 (1,560)*

Rear tread in (mm)60.6 (1,540),61.4 (1,560)*

Wheelbase in (mm) 111.4 (2,830)

Gross vehicle weightrating

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. certi-fication label on the driv-er’s side lock pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*: Models with P225/50R17 93V tire.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REG-ISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRYIf you plan to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws andregulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.


10-27

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation, and registration are theresponsibility of the user. INFINITI isnot responsible for any inconveniencethat may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is the iden-tification for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.ITI014M

SIT0029


10-28

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LA-BEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL INFOR-MATION LABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

SIT0055

SIT0030 SIT0031


10-29

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TIRE PLACARD

The cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard located on the front face of the rear leftwheel housing inside the vehicle.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-TION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is af-fixed on the strut tower as shown.

SIT0072

SIT0033


10-30

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

INSTALLING FRONT LI-CENSE PLATEUse the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in thevinyl bag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning part jA of the front bumperwith part jB of the rear surface of thelicense plate bracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole, markalong both sides of the mounting hole byusing a felt-tip pen.

3. Remove the license plate bracket andSIT0034


10-31

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

connect the arcs to form ovals. Mark thepoint in the center of each oval. These arethe pilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39inch (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the fascia, or damageto the nut may occur.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on thefascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto the partjC .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that areno longer than 0.55 inch (14 mm).

VEHICLE LOADING INFOR-MATION

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: standardand optional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total weight (load) limit speci-fied for the vehicle.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle.


10-32

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITY

The load capacity of this vehicle is determinedby weight, not by available cargo space. Forexample, a luggage rack, bike carrier, cartopcarrier or similar equipment does not increaseload carrying capacity of your vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by using acommercial-grade scale, found at places suchas a truck stop, gravel quarry, grain elevator,or a scrap metal recycling facility.

1. Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

2. Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to deter-mine how much more weight your vehiclecan carry.

3. After loading (cargo and passengers), re-weigh your vehicle to determine if eitherGVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is ex-

ceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, removecargo as necessary. If either the front orrear GAWR is exceeded, shift the load orremove cargo as necessary.

LOADING TIPSO The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

O Do not load your vehicle any-

heavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts on your vehiclecan break, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of control andcause personal injury.

O Overloading can shorten the lifeof your vehicle. Failures causedby overloading are not covered byyour warranty.


10-33

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

TOWING A TRAILER

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer will placeadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

Information on trailer towing and the specialequipment required should be obtained from aprofessional trailer dealer/installer.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed1,000 lb (454 kg). The total trailer load equalstrailer weight plus its cargo weight. Towingloads greater than 1,000 lb (454 kg) or usingimproper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance.

WARNING

Vehicle damage and/or personal in-jury resulting from improper towingprocedures is not covered byINFINITI warranties. Information ontrailer towing and required towingequipment should be obtained fromdealers who specialize in providingtrailers and other towing equipment.

Tongue loadKeep the tongue load between 9 and 11% ofthe total trailer load. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicleweight/maximum gross axleweight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed GVWR shown on the F.M.V.S.S. certification label. The gross vehicle

SIT0035

ITI002


10-34

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

weight equals the combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MAXIMUMTOWING LOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

110 (49)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch isavailable from your INFINITI dealer (Canadaonly). Make sure the trailer hitch is securelyattached to the vehicle, to help avoid personalinjury or property damage due to sway caused

by crosswinds, rough road surfaces or pass-ing trucks.

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attachedto or affect the operation of theimpact-absorbing bumper.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. whenthe hitch is installed.

O To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where prac-tical, remove the hitch when notin use. Remove the receiver whennot in use. After the hitch is re-moved, seal the bolt holes toprevent exhaust fumes, water or

dust from entering the passengercompartment.

O Regularly check that all hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pres-sure indicated on the tire placard (locatedon the inside of the center console lid).

O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tire manu-facturers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The chain should becrossed and should be attached to the hitch,


10-35

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chain to permitturning corners.

Trailer lightsTrailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. When wiring thevehicle for towing, connect the stop and taillight pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit ata point between the sensor and stop lightswitch or light switch.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it is properlyinstalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded or unloaded traileris hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it hasan abnormal nose-up or nose-down con-dition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for towingbefore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability,and braking performance will be somewhat

different than under normal driving condi-tions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

O Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so, and if your vehicle isequipped with automatic transmission,first block the wheels and apply the park-ing brake, and then move the transmissionselector lever into the P (Park) position. Ifyou move the selector lever to the P (Park)position before blocking the wheels andapplying the parking brake, transmissiondamage could occur.


10-36

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

O When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshiftthe transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of engineoverloading and/or overheating.

O If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheels

will be closer to the inside of the turn thanyour vehicle wheels. To compensate forthis, make a larger than normal turningradius during the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, pos-sibly causing vehicle sway. When beingpassed by larger vehicles, be prepared forpossible changes in crosswinds that couldaffect vehicle handling. If swaying doesoccur, firmly grip the steering wheel, steerstraight ahead, and immediately (butgradually) reduce vehicle speed. Thiscombination will help stabilize the vehicle.Never increase speed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle beforeyou can safely change lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do notuse overdrive (automatic transmission).

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change fluid inthe transmission more frequently.

See “Periodic maintenance schedules”in the “9. Maintenance” section.


10-37

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGDOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

TreadwearTreadwear grade is a comparative rating basedon tire wear rate when tested under controlledconditions on specified government testcourses. For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and a half (1-1/2) times as well onthe government course as a tire graded 100.However, relative tire performance depends onactual driving conditions, and may vary sig-nificantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades from highest to lowest areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to yourvehicle tires is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests anddoes not include acceleration cor-nering hydroplaning or speak trac-tion characteristics.

Temperature A, B and CTemperature grades are A (the highest), B, andC. They represent a tire’s resistance to heat

build-up, and its ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions on a speci-fied indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause tire material todegenerate, reducing tire life. Excessive tem-peratures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance levelwhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade is estab-lished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation, or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat


10-38

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

build up and possible tire failure.

EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEM WARRANTYYour INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet that comes with yourINFINITI. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost,

you may obtain a replacement by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan Motor Corporation U.S.A.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90248-0191

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

O INFINITI DivisionNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii, Ltd.Consumer Affairs Department2880 Kilihau StreetHonolulu, Hawaii 96819

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS (US only)If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should imme-diately inform the National Highway Traf-fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may either callthe Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in Washington,D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation, Washing-ton, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain


10-39

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

other information about motor vehiclesafety from the Hotline.

You may notify INFINITI by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii call 808-836-0848.

READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST(US only)Due to legal requirements in somestates/areas, your vehicle may be required tobe in what is called the ready condition for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the ready condition whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the ready condition can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not ready condition. Before takingthe I/M test, drive the vehicle through thefollowing pattern to set the vehicle to the readycondition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, an INFINITI dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safemanner according to traffic condi-tions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C.Allow the engine to idle until the gaugeneedle points between the C and H (nor-mal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released forat least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for atleast 5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.


10-40

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle and turn the engine off.

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.


10-41

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

11 INDEX

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system) .................................... 5-20Active damper suspension.......................................... 5-19

Active damper suspension mode selectswitch ................................................................... 2-25

Air bagWarning light ............................................... 1-18, 2-9

Air bag system(See supplemental restraint system).................... 1-12Side (See supplemental side air bag system)..... 1-14

Air cleaner housing filter ............................................ 8-17Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-3Air conditioner service................................... 4-3, 4-6Air conditioner specification label ............. 4-3, 10-30Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricationrecommendations ................................................... 4-3Air filter .................................................................. 4-6Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if soequipped) ............................................................... 4-3

Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ...................................................... 10-24Air flow charts .............................................................. 4-3Alcohol drugs and driving............................................ 5-4

AM-FM radio with cassette player ............................... 4-7AM-FM radio with cassette player and compact discplayer ............................................................................ 4-7AM-FM radio with compact disc player ...................... 4-7Ambient temperature switch (AMB), Air conditioner ... 4-5Anchor point locations

Top tether strap.................................................... 1-37Antenna

Power ................................................................... 4-20Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................... 5-20Anti-lock brake warning light ..................................... 2-10Appearance care

Exterior appearance care........................................ 7-2Interior appearance care......................................... 7-4

Ashtrays (See cigarette lighters and ashtrays)........... 2-27Audio system ................................................................ 4-7Automatic

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-10Drive positioner.................................................... 3-16Driving with automatic transmission ..................... 5-8Transmission selector lever lock release............. 5-11

Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-4

B

Battery ......................................................................... 8-14Battery replacement, (See multi-remote controlsystem).......................................................................... 3-7Before starting the engine ............................................ 5-7Belts (See drive belts) ................................................ 8-15Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............................. 5-20Brake booster ....................................................... 8-20Brake fluid............................................................ 8-13Brake pedal .......................................................... 8-19Brake pedal check................................................ 8-19Parking brake check................................... 5-14, 8-19Parking brake operation....................................... 5-14System.................................................................. 5-20Warning light ......................................................... 2-9

Break-in schedule ....................................................... 5-17Bulb check/instrument panel ........................................ 2-7Bulb replacement ........................................................ 8-23

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........... 10-18Car phone ................................................................... 4-21

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Cassette tape operation ................................................ 4-7Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ........................ 5-3CB radio or car phone ............................................... 4-21Cellular phone

Steering switch..................................................... 2-53Switch operation .................................................. 2-54

Child restraints ........................................................... 1-28Installation on front passenger seat .................... 1-38Installation on rear seat outboard or centerposition ................................................................ 1-31Precautions on child restraints............................ 1-28Top tether strap anchor point locations .............. 1-37With top tether strap............................................ 1-36

Child safety ................................................................. 1-22Child safety rear door lock........................................... 3-4Chimes ........................................................................ 2-13Cigarette lighters and ashtrays ................................... 2-27Circuit breaker, Fusible link ....................................... 8-21Cleaning exterior and interior....................................... 7-4Clock ........................................................................... 2-34Cold weather driving .................................................. 5-23Compact disc (CD) player operation............................ 4-7Compact spare tire ..................................................... 8-37Console box................................................................ 2-29

ControlsAudio controls........................................................ 4-7Audio controls (rear).............................................. 4-7Audio controls (steering wheel)............................. 4-7Heater and air conditioner controls (automatic).... 4-3

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/ lubricants .. 10-18Changing engine coolant....................................... 8-6Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-5

Corrosion protection ..................................................... 7-6Cruise control ............................................................. 5-15Cup holders ................................................................ 2-28

D

Daytime running light system .................................... 2-21Defogger switch, Rear window and outside mirror defog-ger switch ................................................................... 2-18Dimensions and weights .......................................... 10-27Door ajar warning light ................................................ 2-8Drive belts................................................................... 8-15Drive positioner, Automatic ........................................ 3-16Driving

Cold weather driving............................................ 5-23Driving with automatic transmission ..................... 5-8

Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2

E

Economy, Fuel ............................................................ 5-17Emission control information label .......................... 10-29Emission control system warranty............................ 10-39Engine

Before starting the engine...................................... 5-7Block heater ......................................................... 5-25Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants.... 10-18Changing engine coolant....................................... 8-6Changing engine oil .............................................. 8-8Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-5Checking engine oil level ...................................... 8-7Coolant temperature gauge.................................... 2-5Engine compartment check locations .................... 8-4Engine cooling system........................................... 8-5Engine oil ............................................................... 8-7Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.......... 10-21Engine oil viscosity............................................ 10-22Engine serial number......................................... 10-29Engine specifications ......................................... 10-25If your engine overheats ........................................ 6-9

INDEX

11-2

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Starting the engine................................................. 5-7Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................................. 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label .................................... 10-29Filter, Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-17Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch)............ 2-23Flat tire.......................................................................... 6-2Floor mat cleaning........................................................ 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-10Brake fluid............................................................ 8-13Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants.... 10-18Engine coolant ....................................................... 8-5Engine oil ............................................................... 8-7Power steering fluid............................................. 8-12Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-13

Fog light switch .......................................................... 2-23Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants.... 10-18Filler cap .............................................................. 3-11Filler lid................................................................ 3-11Filler lid and cap ................................................. 3-11

Filler lid opener lever .......................................... 3-11Fuel economy....................................................... 5-17Fuel octane rating .............................................. 10-19Fuel recommendation......................................... 10-19Gauge ..................................................................... 2-5

Fuses........................................................................... 8-21Fusible links ............................................................... 8-21

G

Gas cap ....................................................................... 3-11Gauge ............................................................................ 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Fuel gauge ............................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................................ 2-4Speedometer........................................................... 2-4Tachometer ............................................................. 2-4

General maintenance..................................................... 9-2Glove box.................................................................... 2-29Glove box lock............................................................ 2-29

H

Handset operation ....................................................... 2-50Hazard warning flasher switch.................................... 2-23

Head restraints .............................................................. 1-4Headlamps, (Bulb replacement).................................. 8-24Headlights

Aiming control ..................................................... 2-20Headlight switch................................................... 2-19Headlights, (Bulb replacement)............................ 8-24Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-18

Heated seats................................................................ 2-24Heater

Engine coolant heater .......................................... 5-25Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if soequipped) ............................................................... 4-3

HomeLinkT, Universal Transceiver............................. 2-36Hood, release ................................................................ 3-9Horn ............................................................................ 2-24How to stop alarm, Theft warning.............................. 2-15

I

Ignition switch .............................................................. 5-5Automatic transmission models............................. 5-5Key positions ......................................................... 5-6

Indicator lights and chimes (See warning/indicator lightsand chimes) ................................................................ 2-10Infiniti Communicator, False activation...................... 2-53

INDEX

11-3

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Infiniti Communicator, Indicator light description ..... 2-49Infiniti Communicator, Outline ................................... 2-42Infiniti Communicator, Password ............................... 2-53Infiniti Communicator, Payment for use .................... 2-50Infiniti Communicator, Purpose.................................. 2-42Infiniti Communicator, Quick summary...................... 2-43Infiniti Communicator, Safe operatingrecommendation.......................................................... 2-42Infiniti Communicator, System description ................ 2-45Infiniti Communicator, System function..................... 2-43Infiniti Communicator, System limitation................... 2-50Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................ 10-40Instrument panel ........................................................... 2-2Integrated HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver............. 2-36Interior light replacement............................................ 8-26Interior lights .............................................................. 2-34

J

Jump starting ................................................................ 6-6

K

Keyless entry, (See multi-remote control system) ....... 3-5

Keys .............................................................................. 3-2

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ................. 10-30Label, Emission control information label ............... 10-29Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label ......................... 10-29Labels

Air conditioner specification label ......................... 4-3Engine serial number......................................... 10-29Vehicle identification number (VIN)................... 10-28

Lamp replacement....................................................... 8-23License plate, Installing front license plate.............. 10-31Light

Air bag warning light........................................... 1-18Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-23Fog light switch ................................................... 2-23Headlamps (Bulb replacement)............................ 8-24Headlight switch................................................... 2-19Headlights (Bulb replacement)............................. 8-24Infiniti Communicator indicator ........................... 2-49Interior lights........................................................ 2-34Map lights ............................................................ 2-34Personal lights ..................................................... 2-35Spot lights............................................................ 2-34

Trunk light............................................................ 2-36Vanity mirror lights.............................................. 2-36Warning/indicator lights and chimes........... 2-8, 2-10Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-18

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement........... 8-26Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation)............................................................... 10-32Lock

Door locks.............................................................. 3-3Glove box lock..................................................... 2-29Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Trunk lid lock opener lever ................................... 3-9

M

MaintenanceBattery .................................................................. 8-14Explanation of maintenance items ............... 9-3, 9-11General maintenance.............................................. 9-2Inside the vehicle................................................... 9-2Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-2Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2Periodic maintenance schedules............................ 9-5Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-28Under the hood and vehicle .................................. 9-4

INDEX

11-4

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Map lights................................................................... 2-34Meters and gauges ....................................................... 2-3Mirror

Outside mirror...................................................... 3-15Outside mirror control ......................................... 3-15Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-15

Multi-remote control system ........................................ 3-5

N

New vehicle break-in .................................................. 5-17

O

Odometer....................................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants.... 10-18Changing engine oil .............................................. 8-8Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-10Checking engine oil level ...................................... 8-7Engine oil ............................................................... 8-7Engine oil viscosity............................................ 10-22

Outside mirror............................................................. 3-15Outside mirror control ................................................ 3-15Outside mirrors ........................................................... 3-15

Overdrive switch ......................................................... 5-12Overheat, If your vehicle overheats .............................. 6-9

P

Paint, Information ..................................................... 10-17Parking

Brake check.......................................................... 8-19Parking brake check............................................. 5-14Parking brake operation....................................... 5-14Parking/parking on hills ...................................... 5-14

Parking/parking on hills ............................................. 5-18Password, Infiniti Communicator ............................... 2-53Periodic maintenance schedules .................................. 9-5Personal lights ............................................................ 2-35Power

Front seat adjustment ............................................ 1-3Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Power steering fluid............................................. 8-12Power steering system......................................... 5-19Power windows .................................................... 2-30Socket................................................................... 2-26

Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................... 1-16Precautions

Cruise control precautions................................... 5-15

Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-2On child restraints ............................................... 1-28On seat belt usage............................................... 1-19On supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-5Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2

Push starting................................................................. 6-9

R

RadioAM-FM radio with cassette player ........................ 4-7AM-FM radio with cassette player and compact discplayer...................................................................... 4-7AM-FM radio with compact disc player................ 4-7Cassette player operation....................................... 4-7CB radio or car phone................................. 4-7, 4-21Compact disc (CD) player operation..................... 4-7

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test (USAonly) .......................................................................... 10-40Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ................ 3-4Rear power point ........................................................ 2-26Rear sun shade ........................................................... 2-33Rear sun shade cleaning .............................................. 7-5Rear window and outside mirror defogger switch ..... 2-18Registering your vehicle in another country ............ 10-27

INDEX

11-5

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Remote keyless entry, (See multi-remote controlsystem).......................................................................... 3-5Reporting safety defects (USA only) ........................ 10-39Roadside assistance program....................................... 6-2Rollover ......................................................................... 5-4

S

SafetyChild seat belts.................................................... 1-22Infiniti Communicator operating .......................... 2-42Reporting safety defects (USA only).................. 10-39Towing safety ..................................................... 10-35

Seat adjustment, Front power seat adjustment ............ 1-3Seat belt extenders ..................................................... 1-28Seat belt maintenance................................................. 1-28Seat belt warning light ............................................... 1-19Seat belt warning light and chime ............................... 2-8Seat belt(s)

Child safety .......................................................... 1-22Infants and small children ................................... 1-23Injured persons .................................................... 1-24Larger children..................................................... 1-23Pre-tensioner seat belt system ............................ 1-16Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-19

Pregnant women .................................................. 1-24Seat belt cleaning .................................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................................. 1-19Three-point type with retractor ............................ 1-24

Seat(s)Heated seats......................................................... 2-24Seats....................................................................... 1-2

Security system (See theft warning)........................... 2-14Security system (Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System)

Engine start ............................................................ 5-6Servicing air conditioner ...................................... 4-3, 4-6Shift lock release ........................................................ 5-11Shifting, Automatic transmission.................................. 5-8Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats ...... 1-27Side air bag system (See supplemental side air bagsystem)........................................................................ 1-14Spark plugs................................................................. 8-16Speedometer ................................................................. 2-4Spot lights .................................................................. 2-34Starting

Before starting the engine...................................... 5-7Jump starting ......................................................... 6-6Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2Push starting.......................................................... 6-9Starting the engine................................................. 5-7

SteeringPower steering fluid............................................. 8-12Power steering system......................................... 5-19Steering switch for cellular phone....................... 2-53Tilting steering wheel........................................... 3-13

Storage ........................................................................ 2-28Sun shade ................................................................... 2-32

Rear sun shade .................................................... 2-33Rear sun shade cleaning ....................................... 7-5

Sun visors................................................................... 3-14Supplemental air bag system ..................................... 1-12Supplemental air bag warning light ................... 1-18, 2-9Supplemental restraint system...................................... 1-5

Precautions on supplemental restraint system...... 1-5Supplemental side air bag system ............................. 1-14Suspension

Active damper suspension................................... 5-19Active damper suspension mode select switch... 2-25

SwitchActive damper suspension mode select switch... 2-25Cellular phone, Steering switch........................... 2-53Fog light switch ................................................... 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-23Headlight aiming control ..................................... 2-20Headlight switch................................................... 2-19

INDEX

11-6

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Ignition switch........................................................ 5-5Ignition switch automatic transmission models .... 5-5Overdrive switch................................................... 5-12Rear window and outside mirror defoggerswitch ................................................................... 2-18Traction control system cancel switch ................ 2-25Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-22

T

Tachometer.................................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ............................................................................ 2-5Theft warning .............................................................. 2-14Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobiliser System)

Engine start ............................................................ 5-6Three way catalyst ........................................................ 5-3Tilting steering wheel ................................................. 3-13Tire

Flat tire ................................................................... 6-2Spare tire.............................................................. 8-37Tire chains ........................................................... 8-34Tire placard ........................................................ 10-30Tire pressure ........................................................ 8-33Tire rotation.......................................................... 8-35

Type of tires......................................................... 8-34Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 10-38Wheel/tire size.................................................... 10-26Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-33

Top tether strap child restraints ................................. 1-36Towing

Tow truck towing ................................................. 6-10Towing a trailer .................................................. 10-34Towing load/specification chart ......................... 10-34Towing safety ..................................................... 10-35

Traction control system .............................................. 5-22Traction control system (TCS) cancel switch...... 2-25

Trailer towing ............................................................ 10-34Transceiver, Integrated HomeLinkT Universal............ 2-36Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-10Driving with automatic transmission ..................... 5-8Transmission selector lever lock release............. 5-11

Transmitter, (See multi-remote control system)........... 3-5Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ...................................................................... 10-27Trunk lid lock opener lever .......................................... 3-9Trunk light .................................................................. 2-36Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-22

U

Underbody cleaning ...................................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ..................................... 10-38

V

Vanity mirror lights..................................................... 2-36Vehicle

Dimensions and weights.................................... 10-27Identification number (VIN)................................ 10-28Loading information........................................... 10-32Major vehicle systems and how they work......... 10-2Recovery, (freeing a stuck vehicle)...................... 6-12

Ventilators ..................................................................... 4-2

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-23Theft warning ....................................................... 2-14

Warning lightAir bag warning light................................... 1-18, 2-9Brake warning light................................................ 2-9Door ajar ................................................................ 2-8

INDEX

11-7

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

Seat belt warning light and chime ........................ 2-8Warning/indicator lights and chimes ........................... 2-8Warranty, Emission control system warranty ........... 10-39Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washerswitch .......................................................................... 2-16Washing ........................................................................ 7-2Waxing .......................................................................... 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ................... 10-27Wheel/tire size .......................................................... 10-26Wheels and tires ......................................................... 8-33Window washer fluid .................................................. 8-13Window(s)

Cleaning ................................................................. 7-3Power windows .................................................... 2-30

Windshield wiper and washer switch......................... 2-16Wiper

Blades................................................................... 8-17Windshield wiper and washer switch .................. 2-16

X

Xenon headlights ........................................................ 2-18

INDEX

11-8

Z 99.3.1/FY33-D/V5 X

GAS STATIONINFORMATIONFUEL RECOMMENDATION:In order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration

CAUTION

Use unleaded fuel only. Under nocircumstances should leaded gaso-line be used. It will damage yourthree way catalyst and increase dan-gerous emissions from your vehicleexhaust.

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect the warrantycoverage.

For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “10.Technical and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDA-TION:

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving II or

API grade SJ, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-II

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “10. Technical andconsumer information” section for engine oiland oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:See tire placard located on the front face of therear left wheel housing inside the vehicle.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PRO-CEDURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.Starting and driving” section. Follow theserecommendations for the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure to followthese recommendations may result in vehicledamage or shortened engine life.

Z 99.3.1/ X

SIT0086

Engine oil 8-7

Brake fluid 8-13

Meters and gauges 2-3Driver supplemental air bag 1-5, 10-14

Hood release 3-9Trunk lid release 3-9Fuel filler lid release 3-11

Seat belt 1-19

Door lock 3-3

Driver supplementalside air bag 1-5, 10-14

Spare tire 6-2, 8-37

Fuel filler lid release 3-11,Fuel recommendation 10-18

Front passenger supplemental sideair bag 1-5, 10-14

Air conditioner 4-3Audio system 4-7

Front passenger supplemental air bag1-5, 10-14

Automatic transmission fluid 8-10

Power steering fluid 8-12

Engine coolant 8-5Battery 8-14

Windshield washer fluid 8-13

Z 99.3.1/ X